DZB200 INVERTER

    M&J



                                S af et y a nd Cau tio ns

                             P r o du ct I ntr oduc tio n

       Mec h an ica l a nd El ectr i cal I ns ta ll ati o n

                            O per a tio n a n d D is pla y

                        Func ti o n Pa ra m eter s L is t

                            P a ram e t e r De scri ptio n

       F a ult D ia g no si s a nd C ou ntermea s ure s

                                 Q ua li ty G uara nt ee

                                              Appen di x
DZB Series                                                                                        Preface


                                                Preface
    Thank you for choosing DZB 200M&J Series AC Motor D rives.
    This manual will be helpful in the installation, parameter setting, t rou bleshooting, and
daily maintenance of the AC motor drives. To guaran tee safe operation of the equipment,read the
following safety guidelines before connecting power to the AC drives. Keep this operating manual
han dy and distribute to all users for reference.


Attention:
   ◆ Al ways read this manual thoroughl y before using DZB series A C Motor Drives.

   ◆ Do not connec t or disconnect wi res and connectors whi le power is applied to the ci rcui t.

   ◆AC input power must be disconnect ed before any maintenance.
   ◆The re are hi ghly sensitive components on the printed ci rcui t boards. These components are especially
   sensit ive t o ESD (electrostatic discharge). To avoi d damage to th e dr ive ,do not touch component s or the
   ci rcuit boards until stat ic control precautions have been ta ken.

   ◆To avoid personal i njury, do not remove the cover of the AC motor dri ve until al l of the digi tal keypad
   "DISPLAY LED" lamps are off. The DC-link capacitor remains charged with a hazardous voltage even
   after input power is removed.

   ◆ Never connect the main circuit output terminals U, V, and W directly to the AC main circuit power suppl y
   as this will damage the drive .

   ◆ Grounding the Inverter by c onn ecting the Earth Ground to the drive ground terminal.

Apply scope of the manual :
   This manual is for DZB20 0M &DZB200J Series AC Moto r Drive.
   Version:2007.9-V1
Index


Chapter 1 Safety and Cautions                             1

Chapter 2 Product Introduction                            6

Chapter 3 Mechanical and Electrical Installation          8

Chapter 4 Operation and Display                           17

Chapter 5 Function Parameters List                        21

Chapter 6 Parameter Description                           34
      F0 Basic F unctio n Parameters                      34
      F1 Motor Param eters                                42
      F2 Input and Output Terminal Function Parameter s   44
      F3 Human Machine Interface Parameters               52
      F4 Application Function Parameters                  55
      F5 Protec tion Pa rameters                          64
      F6 Communication Parameter s                        67


Cha pter 7 Fault Diagnosis and Countermeasures            71

Chapter 8 Quality Guarantee                               79

Appendix A Standard Specifications                        80

Appendix B Dimensions                                     82

Appendix C Accessories List                               84
DZB Series                                                                 C hapter 1 Safe ty and Cautions      DZB Series                                                                   Chapte r 1 S afety and Cau tions


                        Chapter 1 Safety and Cautions
                                                                                                                       Note

Safety Definition
There are two kinds of safety cautions in the manual:                                                            ★ Do not connect t he input ter minals with the output terminals (U, V, W), oth erwis e the inverter
                                                                                                                 may be damaged!
                                                                                                                 ★ Ensure the wiring meet the EMC r equirements and the local safety st andard. The wire size shall
               Opera tions which are not performed according to the requirements may cause severe hurt
     Dan ger                                                                                                     be deter mined according to the manual, otherwis e acc ident may occur!
               or eve n death.
                                                                                                                 ★ Brake resistor must not be connected between the DC bus terminals (+) and (-), otherwise fi re
               Opera tions which are not performed according to re quirements may cause m oderate hurt           may occur!
     Note
               or light hur t or equipment damage .


1.1 Safety Cautions                                                                                                 4. Before Power-on

1.Before Installation                                                                                                 Danger



       Danger                                                                                                    ★ Please confirm the mains voltage level is consistent with that of the inverter and the input and
                                                                                                                 output wirings are correct, and check if there is any short circuit in peripheral circuit and if the
   Do not us e the inverter that is damaged or has defect, or there will be danger of injury.                    wiring is fixed and fast, otherwise th e inverter m ay be damaged!
                                                                                                                 ★ Mount the cover plate properly before p ower-on the inverter, o therwise there will be danger of
                                                                                                                 electric shock.
2.During Installation


       Danger
                                                                                                                       Note

 Mount the inverter on incombustible surface like me tal, and keep away from flammable substances !
 Other wise it may cause fire.                                                                                    ★ Dielectric strength tes t had been done at factory. Therefore, us er needs not do this test again,
                                                                                                                  otherwise ac cident may occur!
                                                                                                                  ★ All the peripher al par ts shall be connec ted correctly according to the manual, or accident may
                                                                                                                  occur!
        Note


   ★ When m ore than two inverters are to be installed in one cabinet, please pay attention to the
                                                                                                                    5.A fter Power-on
   installation locations to ensure the cooling effect (refer to Chapter 3 Mechanical and Electrical
   Installation).
   ★ Do not drop the lead wire stub or screw in the inverter, or the inverter may be damaged.
                                                                                                                      Danger

3.Wiring
                                                                                                                 ★ Do not open the cover of the inver ter after power-on, otherwise there will be danger of electric
                                                                                                                 shock!
       Danger                                                                                                    ★ Do not touch the inver ter and its circuit with wet hand, otherwis e the re will be danger o f electric
                                                                                                                 shock.
 ★ Only the qualif ied electrical engineer can perform the wiring, other wise there will be danger of            ★Do not touch the invert er terminals , otherwise there will be danger of electric shock.
 electri c shock.                                                                                                ★At power-on, the inver ter will perform the security check of the external heavy-c urrent circuit
 ★ A ci rcuit breaker mus t be installed between the mains and the inverter, otherwis e ther e will be           automat ically, so at this time please do not touch the terminals U, V and W, or the terminals of
 danger of fir e.                                                                                                motor, otherwise there will be danger of ele ctric shock.
 ★ Wir ing ca n only be done after the mains input is cut off, otherwise there will be danger of electric
 s hock.
 ★ Please connect the inverter to the ground according to th e standard, otherwise there will be danger
 of electric shock.




                                                 - 1-                                                                                                              -2 -
DZB Series                                                                  Chapter 1 Safe ty and Cautions            DZB Series                                                                       Chap ter 1 S afety and Cautions




      Note
                                                                                                                1.2 Cautions
                                                                                                                1. Check the Insulation of t he Motor
 ★ If parameter identification is required, please pay a ttent ion that the rotating motor ma y injure             When the motor is used for the fi rst time, or reused after storing for a long time, or in regular checkup,
 peopl e, otherwise accident may occur!                                                                         the user m ust check t he insulati on of the motor t o prevent the poor insulation of t he windings of mot or from
 ★ Do not change the factory settings, otherwise the inverter may be damaged!
                                                                                                                damaging the inverter. The motor connection must be divided from the i nverter during the insulat ion check.
                                                                                                                It i s recommended to use a 500V Mega-Ohm-Meter to check and the insulation resi stance shall not be less
   6. Running                                                                                                   than 5M Ω.
                                                                                                                2. Thermal Prote ction of Motor
                                                                                                                   If the rated capacity of the motor select ed is not matchi ng that of t he inverter, especially when the rated
     Danger
                                                                                                                power of the inverter is bigger than that of the motor, make sure t o adjust the parameters for mot or protecti on
★ Do not approach the equi pment when restart function i s enabled, othe rwi se there w ill be danger           insi de the inverter or to i nst all a the rmal rela y to the mot or to guarantee the prot ection to t he motor.
of injury.                                                                                                      3. Running at Frequency Above Rat ed Frequency
★ Do not touch t he fan and the discharging resi stor to check the temperature, otherwise burning                  The output frequency of this inve rte r is 0~600Hz. Pl ease consider the capability of t he mechanical
may occur!
                                                                                                                devi ces when the customer needs the inverter to run at the frequency higher than 50Hz.
★Non-professional person shal l not measure the si gnal of a running inverter, ot herwise there will
be danger of i njury or damaging the i nvert er!                                                                4. Motor Heat a nd Noise
                                                                                                                   Si nce the out put voltage of the inve rter is in PWM wave with some harmoni cs, t he temperature may rise,
                                                                                                                the noi se and vibration may increase compared with the i nverter running at mai n frequency.
      Note                                                                                                      5. P ressure-sensiti ve Devi ce or Capacitor at the Out put Side of t he Inverter
                                                                                                                   Because the inverter outputs PWM wave, the capacitor used for improvi ng power factor and pressure-
   ★ Do not let objects fall in a runni ng invert er, otherwise the inve rte r ma y be damage d!                sensit ive re sistor used for lightening-proof shouldn't be install ed at the out put side of the invert er, otherwise
   ★ Do not st art and stop the i nverter by on/off of t he contactor, otherwise the inverter may be            the invert er may ha ve tra nsi ent over-current and may be damaged.
   damaged!
                                                                                                                6. S witches Used at t he Input and O utput termi nal of the Inverter
                                                                                                                   If the cont actor is required to be i nstalled be tween the i nvert er and t he power supply, it is prohibited to
   7. Maintenance                                                                                               start or stop the inverter wi th the contactor. If the user has to use the contactor t o start and stop the inverter,
                                                                                                                the interval between the start and st op shall be less than one hour. Frequent charging and dischargi ng ma y
                                                                                                                reduce the life of the ca paci tor. If t he switches like contactors are connect ed between the output terminal and
     Danger
                                                                                                                the motor, make sure to start and stop the inverter w hen the inverter has no output, otherwise the modules in
★ P lease do not repair or maintain the inverter with powe r on, otherwise t here will be danger of             the invert er may be damaged.
elect ric shock!                                                                                                7. Usage Outside t he Range of Rated Voltage
★ P lease repair or maintain the invert er after confirming the charge LED turns off, otherwise t here             The DZB series inve rter shall not be used out of t he specified range of operation voltage , otherwi se the
may be human injury caused by the residual voltage of the capac it or!
                                                                                                                int erna l component s of the inve rter ma y be damaged. If needed, please use corresponding voltage regul at ion
★ Only qualified electric al engineer can repair or mai nta in the i nvert er, otherwise t here will be
danger of human injury or damaging the equi pment.                                                              devi ce to change t he volt age.
                                                                                                                8. 3-phase Input Modified Into 2-pha se Input
                                                                                                                   The modificati on of DZB series inverte r from 3-phase input to 2-phase input is not al lowed, or fault may
                                                                                                                occur.
                                                                                                                9. Lightni ng Strike Prot ection
                                                                                                                   There are lightning protecti on devices inside the inve rte r, But t he use r should instal l other lightning
                                                                                                                protect ion device at the front end of the inverter if l ight ning stri ke occurs freque ntl y.
                                                                                                                10. Altitude and Deration
                                                                                                                   When the altitude is higher t han 1000m, the cool ing effect of inverter is deteriorated because of t he
                                                                                                                rarefac ti on of air, the derati on must be used a nd please consult our company for detailed technical support.




                                                 -3-                                                                                                                      -4-
DZB Series                                                                     Chapter 1 Safe ty and Cautions          DZB Series                                                                   Chapter 2 Product Introduction


                                                                                                                                                Chapter 2 Product Introduction
11. Special Usages
   T he user can consult our compa ny if he wants to use another method instead of the recommended
connecting method provide d in the manual, such as shared DC bus.                                                          The purpose of this chapter is to provide specific, yet simple information to u np ack , i nstall the AC drive.
12. Cautions for Scr ap of Inverter                                                                                        This chapter contains information on the fol lowing:
   T he electrolytic capaci tors in the main ci rcui ts and PCB may explode when they are bur ned a nd poisonous                      2.1 Receiving, Transportation, and Storage
gas may be generated when the plastic parts are bur ned. Please dispose the inverter as industrial rubbish.                           2.2 Nameplate In formation
13. About Applicable Motor
   1) The standard motor used is the 4-pole squirrel cage asynchronous induction motor. If other kind of
   motor is used, pl ease be sure to select the applica ble i nverter acc ording to the rated curr ent of the motor,    2.1 Receiving, Storage and Transportation
   and pl ease consult us if the user wants t he inverte r t o drive the permanent magne tic synchronized motor.          The AC motor dri ve has gone through rigorous qua lity control tests at the factory before shi pment.
   2) The cooling fan of non-variable frequency motor is connected to the rotor in the same bearing, so the               After re cei ving the AC drive, c heck for the following.
   cooling effect is weakened if the speed is low, t here fore use the variable-frequency motor or install a
                                                                                                                         Receiv ing
   cooling fan in the overheat condition the motor.
   3) The inverter has already been configured with the standard parameters for applicable motor, please                  1.Check to make sur e t hat t he package includes an AC drive,the User Ma nual,dust covers and       rubber
                                                                                                                          bushings.
   be sure to modify the default values or perform the motor parameter identification according to the
                                                                                                                          2.Inspect the unit to insure it was not damaged duri ng shi pment.
   actual condi tions, other wise the operation effect or prot ection performance may be reduced.
   4) Short-circ uit in the cable or motor may ca use the inverter alar m or even damage t he inverter.                   3.Make sure that the par t numbe r indicat ed on the name plate corresponds wi th the part number of your

   T herefor e, please conduct the insulat ion short-circuit test to t he cable and the motor installed for the           order.

   first time. The short-circuit test shal l also be car ried out in routine maintenance . Pay attention that the        Storage
   inverter shall be separated from the unit during such test.
                                                                                                                             The AC Dri ve shoul d be kept in the shipping carton before install ation. In order to retain the war rant y
                                                                                                                          cove rage, the AC drive should be stored properly when it is not to be used for an extended period of time.
                                                                                                                          Some storage suggestions are:
                                                                                                                          1.Store in a clean, dry l ocat ion.
                                                                                                                          2.Store wi thi n an ambient temperature range of -20°C to +65°C.
                                                                                                                          3.If possible, store in an air-conditioned environment where the relative humidi ty is less than
                                                                                                                            95%, non-condensi ng.
                                                                                                                          4.Do not store the AC dri ve i n pl aces where it could be expose d t o corrosive gases.
                                                                                                                          5.Please store the AC drive on a shel f or on an stable surfa ce.

                                                                                                                          Transportation
                                                                                                                          Temperature: -25°C to +70°C; R.H.: 5% to 95%;
                                                                                                                          Air Pre ssure : 70kPa to 106kPa.




                                                        -5-                                                                                                                   -6-
DZB Series                                                            C hapter 2 Prod uct Introduction           DZB Series                                                     Chapter 3 M echanic al and Electrical Installation


                                                                                                                       Chapter 3 Mechanical and Electrical Installation
2.2 Nameplate Information
                                                                                                              3.1 Mechanical Installation
  Nameplate
                                                                                                                1. I nstallation Envi ronment
                                                                                                                1) Ambient temperature: Ambient temperature influences the inverter life greatly, s o it should be within
                                                                                                                  the range of -10℃~50℃ .
                                                                                                                2) Mount the inverter in a flame retard ant s urface and the clearance arou nd the inverter shall be enough
                                                                                                                  because the inverter will generate lots of heat during running, besides moun t the invert er on the base
                                                                                                                  vertically with screws.
                                                                                                                3) Mount in th e location where v ibration is less than 0. 6G; the inverter shall be far away from im pacting
                                                                                                                  lathe.
                                                                                                                4) Please do not install the inver ter in the place with direct sunlight, high humidity and water.
                                                                                                                5) Mount the inverter in the location free of corrosive gas, explosive gas or combustible gas.
                                                                                                                6) Mount the inverter in the location free of oil dirt, dust, and metal powder.
                                                                                                              2.Installati on Location
  Description ofACMotor Drive Model:
                                                                                                                                         up
   DZB200          M 0 0 15        L 2 B
                                                                                                                                              ≥ 1 00m m
                                                 Function lev el code: A -braking unit inside
                                                                                                                                                                                               DZ B
                                                                      B -non braking unit
                                                                                                                           A                                 A
                                                 Input voltage:2-220V 4-400V 6-660V                                                      DZB                      ri ght
                                                 Freq. Ran ge:L :0-600.0Hz
                                                 App licab le mot or capacity:0015为 1.5KW                                                                                                      DZ B
                                                 Series:M :Mini Model                                                                         ≥ 1 00m m
                                                          J :Simpl Model
                                                 Series name : DZB200 Series                                          N ote: No need to consider the dimensio n                   Note : Ins tall an airflow- guidance
                                                                                                                      A for inverter of 22k W or belo w.                          plate for t he up and down ins tallation
                                                                                                                      A sha ll be bigger tha n 50 mm for the                      of inverters.
  Description of Serial Number:                                                                                       inverter of 22kW or abov e
                                                                                                                           Install ation of single inverter                       Up and down installation of inverters
   0 7 0 1 8 8 88
                                                                                                                                           Fig.3-1 DZB Series Inverter Installati on Location
                         P roduction number
                                                                                                                    The user s hall focus on the heat dissipation issues when i nstalling the inverter, and pay attention to the
                         P roduction month
                                                                                                                 fo llowing points:
                         P roduction year
                                                                                                                    1) Install the inverter vertically so that the heat may be expelled from the t op, but do not ins tall the
                                                                                                                    inve rter upside down. When two Variab le Speed Drives are mounted up an d dow n, an air fl ow
                                                                                                                    dive rting plate s hould be fixed in between as shown in Fig. 3-1.
                                                                                                                    2) Installation space is shown in Fig.3-1 so as to ensure the heat diss ipation space, but cons ider the
                                                                                                                    heat dissipation of other components when p lacing the inverter.
                                                                                                                    3) The inst allation bracket must be flame retardant .
                                                                                                                    4) Install the heat sink outside of the cabinet if the inverter is installed in t he area with metal powder.
                                                                                                                    And in this case, the space inside the se aling cabinet shall be big enough.




                                              - 7-                                                                                                                         -8 -
DZB Series                                                        Chapter 3 Mechanical and Ele ctrical Installation             DZB Series                                                        Chapter 3 M echanic al and Electrical Installation




3.2 Electrical Installation                                                                                                      2) DZB 200J seri es in verter sta ndard wi ring diag ram. If onle using th e panel o perate the inv erte r,just wiri ng th e
                                                                                                                                 m ain circui t.
    Basic Wiring Diagra m
    Inverter wiring secton includes main circuit and control circuit.User can open the cover,                                                                                             brake resistance(option)

looking at the maincircuit and control circuit terminals.User should be wiring follow the diagram
                                                                                                                                 Power source (1PH)
below.                                                                                                                                                                                          BR+         BR-
                                                                                                                                 L                                            L                                    U
      1) DZB200M series inverter standard wiring diagram.If onl e usi ng th e panel o perate th e inverter,
      just wiring th e ma in ci rcuit.                                                                                                                                                                             V                       M
                                                          brake resistance(option)                                               N                                            N

 Power source (3PH)
                                                               BR+           BR-                                                                                                                                          230V series grounding resistance
 R                                          R                                                                                        Multi- func tion input 1                                                             should be below 100Ω
                                                                                    U                                                                                        S1
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          400V series grounding resistance
                                                                                                                                     Multi- func tion input 2                                                             should be below 10Ω
 S                                          S                                       V                      M                                                                 S2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  FM
 T                                          T                                                                                        Multi- func tion input 3
                                                                                                                                                                             S3                                  ACM
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Analog 0-10V/4~20mA output
                                                                                                                                     Multi- func tion input 4
                                                                                                                                                                             S4                                            (F2 .22)
                                                                                         230V series grounding resistance
     M ul ti-f unc tion input 1                                                          should be below 100Ω
                                            S1                                                                                       D igita l s ignal c ommon
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          A Multi-function indication
                                                                                         400V series grounding resistance                                                    ACM
     M ul ti-f unc tion input 2                                                          should be below 10Ω                         (F2.01~F2 .04)                                                                          output contact
                                            S2                                                                                                                                                                            C AC 250V 2A below
                                                                                   FM
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             DC 30V 2A below
     M ul ti-f unc tion input 3                                                                                                                                                                                           B
                                            S3                                    ACM                                                                   auxiliary po wer     +12V                                          (F2.21)
                                                                                         Analog 0-10V/4~20mA output
     M ul ti-f unc tion input 4
                                            S4                                                (F2.22)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Multi-function PHC output terminal
     M ul ti-f unc tion input 5                                                           A Multi-function indication                                                                                                     48V DC 50mA below
                                            S5
                                                                                            output contact                                                                                                                 (F2.19)
     M ul ti-f unc tion input 6                                                           C AC 250V 2A below
                                            S6                                              DC 30V 2A below
                                                                                          B (F2.21)
     D igita l s ignal common
                                            ACM                                                                                                                              10V
     (F2. 01~ F2.06)
                                                                                          Multi-function PHC output
                                                                                                                                                            3                         AVI Analog voltage input
                                                                                                                                                                                          0~10V
                                                                                          terminal
                                                                                                                                                                 2           AI
                                                                                                                                       Potentiometer                                  ACI Analog current input
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         1,2,6:GND
                                                                                          48V DC 50mA below                                                                               4~20mA                 CON3
                                                                                             (F2.19)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         3:SG+
                                                                                                                                                           1                                                             4:SG-
                                                                                                                                                                             ACM                                         5:+5V
                                           10V                                                                                                                                                                   6←1
                              3                     AVI    Analog voltage input
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         RS-485 serial interface
                                                           0~10V
                                  2        AI
        Potentiometer                                                                    1,2,6:GND                                                                     shows main circuit                    shows control circuit
                                                    ACI    Analog current input
                                                           4~20mA                 CON3   3:SG+                                                                         Fig.3-2 200J Basic Wiring Diagram
                            1                                                            4:SG-
                                           ACM                                           5:+5V
                                                                                  6←1    RS-485 serial interface

                                        shows main circuit                shows control circuit

                                         Fig.3-2 Basic Wiring Diagram




                                                          -9 -                                                                                                                           - 1 0-
DZB Series                                                   Chapter 3 Mechanical and Ele ctrical Installation        DZB Series                                                     Chapter 3 M echanic al and Electrical Installation



Main Circuit Wiring
                                                                                                                           Danger
                                INPUT
                                                                                                                     ★ Please confirm the mains vol tage level is same with that of the inverter, ot herwi se the inverter
                              R( L) S    T(N)                                                                        may be damaged!
                                                                                                                     ★ Make sure the ratings of the driven motor are i n compliance with the inverter, otherwi se the
                                                                                                                     motor ma y be damaged or the inverter may be in protection status!
                                                                                                                     ★ Do not confuse the input terminals with the output terminals (U, V, W), ot herwise the re will be
                                                                                                                     danger of damaging the inverter!
                                                                                                                     ★ Brake resistor cannot be c onnected between the DC bus terminals (+) and (-), otherwise fi re
                                                                                                                     may occ ur!


                                                                                                                   1)Ma i n C i r cu it Te r mi na ls o f I n vert e r

                                                                                                                            Terminals                         Descri ption
                                                                                                                         R、S、T (L 、N)                 AC input line terminals

                                                                                                                         U、V、W                        Motor connect ion

                                                                                                                         B R + 、B R-                  Connection for the braking resistor (opti on)
                                                                                                                                  E                   Gr o un d


                                                                                                                   2)N ot e s o n Wi r i n g
                                                                                                                       A. Input power supply L and N or R, S and T:
                                                                                                                       There is no phase-ration requi rement for the input of inverter.
                                                                                                                       C.Brake resistor term inals of( BR+)、(BR-) :
                                                                                                                       The brake resist or terminal is effective only for the inve rte r of 15kW or bel ow and has a bui lt-in brake
                                          U     V   W BR+ BR-                                                          unit . Select the recommende d re sistor with the cable length of less than 5m, otherwi se the inverter may
                                                                                                                       burn or be damaged.
                                           MOTOR           R                                                           D. Inverter output U, V and W:
                                Fig.3-4 Terminal Diagram                                                               Inverter output terminals cannot connect t o capacit ors or surge snub devices, otherwi se the inverter may
                                                                                                                       be in protecti ve stat us or damaged.
                                                                                                                       If the cables between the motor and t he inverter are too long, el ectrical resonance may occ ur due to the
      Danger                                                                                                           distribut ed capacitance, which may result i n damaging the motor i nsul at ion or big l eakage current, so if
                                                                                                                       the cable length is longer t han 100m, AC reactor must be i nstal led.
★ Wiring c an only be done after the mains input is cut off, otherwise there will be danger of electric
shock!
★ Only qualified and trained engi neer can perform the wiring, otherwise there will be danger of
el ectri c shock!
★ Grounding cable must be grounded, otherwise t here will be danger of electric shock or fire!




                                                -11-                                                                                                                      -1 2 -
DZB Series                                                            Chapter 3 Mecha nical and Ele ctrical Installation        DZB Series                                                             Cha pter 3 Mechanical and E lectrical Installation



                                                                                                                               3)No t e s o n C o ntro l Te r mi na l s :
E. Grounding Terminal         :
Grounding Terminal must be connected to earth re liably and the grounding resistance shall be less than                        A) Analog input terminal:
5Ω, othe rwise the equipment may work abnormally or be dama ged. Do not share the PE and neutral line                             Sinc e the weak analog voltage signal is easily disturbed by external disturbance source, shielded cable
of the mains supply.                                                                                                           shall be used and the cable shall be a s short as possible and the length shall not exceed 20m, as shown in
                                                                                                                               the figure 3-6:
5. Control Terminals and Wiring

1 )Layout of Control Terminals(Fig.3-4,Fig3-5):                                                                                                                        L ess than 20m

200M:    A      B      C      S1     S2     S3      S4     S5      S6 AC M AI         10 V   F M MO 1 M C M                                                                                      +10 V

200J:    A      B      C      S1     S2     S3      S4 AC M A C M A I          1 0 V F M M O 1 MC M + 1 2V                                                                                                 DZB

        A n a l o g in p u t se l e ct sw i t c h                                                                                                                                                AI
                                                                                                                                    Potentionme ter
                                                     ACI        AV I


                                                                                                                                                                                                 ACM
2 )Function of Control Terminals:

  Terminal                                                 Function
 MO 1-MCM Multi-function PHC output 1
 A-B           Multi-function indication output contact Refer toF2.19~F2.21                                                                      Fig. 3 -6 Analog Input Terminal of DZB Series Inverter
 B-C           Multi-function indication output contact
                                                                                                                                   If the analog signal is severely disturbed, filter capacitor or ferrite core shall be ins talledat the analog
 S1-DCM        Multi-function input 1
                                                                                                                               signa l source as shown in the Fig. 3-7:
 S2-DCM        Multi-function input 2
 S3-DCM        Multi-function input 3
                                                                       Refer to F2.01~F2.06
 S4-DCM        Multi-function input 4                                                                                                                                       Wind 2 - 3 turns
 S5-DCM        Multi-function input 5                                                                                                                                                                 AI
                                                                                                                                                                              C
 S6-DCM        Multi-function input 6                                                                                               External analog source                                                       DZB
 +12V          Auxiliary control power source                                                                                                                                                         ACM
                                                                       0~10 V (Max. output freq.) Input                                                                           Ferrite core
 AVI-ACM                                                                                                                                                             0.022 uF、5 0V
               Analog signal input
ACI-ACM                                                                4~20mA /0~10V Input

               Analog signal output                                    4~20mA /0~10V Output
 FM-ACM
                                                                       Refer to F2.22                                                                Fig. 3 -7 Analog Input Terminal With Filter devices
 10V~ACM Power supply for speed setting                                +10 V (20 mA max. output current)
                                                                                                                               B) Digi tal input terminal:
                                                                                                                                  The inverter judges the ON/OFF status of these terminals by receiving the digi tal signal. Hence, all the
                                                                                                                               external contactors are those with high reliability of weak signal conduct ion.
                                                                                                                                  If th e open collector is employed to provi de ON/OFF signal for the inverter digital input terminal, then
                                                                                                                               it shall be considered that there is er ror operation caus ed by power supply interfer ence.
                                                                                                                                  It is recommended to use contact control mode.
                                                                                                                               C) Digi tal Output terminal:
                                                                                                                                  When digital output terminal dri ves a relay, the coil of the relay shall be installed a snubbing diode,
                                                                                                                               otherwise the DC 24V power supply may be damaged.




                                                         - 1 3-                                                                                                                          -1 4-
DZB Series                                                    C hapter 3 Mechanical and Electr ical Insta llation       DZB Series                                                       Chapter 3 M echanic al and Electrical Installation



                                                                                                                        2) Reducing the dis turbance to the in ver ter from othe r equipme nt
    Note: Pay attention to the polarity of the dio de as shown in the figur e 3-8. Otherwise if the digital
                                                                                                                        The re lay, contactor or ele ctro nic -magnetic br aking device wil l disturb t he inve rter.
output terminal has output, the DC24V power supply will be damaged.
                                                                                                                        Take the following actions to solve this issue:
                                                                                                                        A) Ins tall surge suppre ssing d evices to the disturbing device
                                                                                                                        B) Ins tall filter t o the input of the inverter
                                                                                                                        C) Inverte r's control ca bles shall be shielded a nd t he shielding layer shal l be grounded
                                   DZB300 EV
                                                                                                                        3) Met hod to reduce the di sturbance from the i nverter to the equipment
                                                                                                                        Two kinds of noises, one is the ra diation from the inverter it self, and a nother is the radiation from the
                                                              Relay                      Diode                          cable betwee n the in ve rter and the moto r. T hese two k inds of ra diations induce the cables of the
                                                                                                                        equipm en t and make the equipment work abnormally. Follo wing m ethod can be used:
                                              MO 1                                                                      A) If the mea sur ing me ters, radio equipment and sensors and their signal cables are installed in a
                                                                                                                        cabinet together with the drive, these equip me nt c ables will be eas ily disturbed. Take the actions
                                                                                                                        below to s olve the problem: The equipment and the signal cables should be as far away from the
                                                                                                                        inverter as possible; Si gnal cable s and power cabl es shall not be route d in paral lel or boun d together;
                                               MC M                                                                     The signal and power c ables should be shie lde d; Install radio noise filter and linear noise filter at
                                                                                                                        the input and output sides of the inverte r
                                                                                                                        B) If the externa l equipme nt shar es a same AC supply wi th t he inverte r, and the above cannot eliminate
              Fig. 3 -8 Digital Input Ter minal of DZ B Ser ies Inverter                                                the disturbance, the n the user should install a linear filte r or a radio noise filter.
                                                                                                                        C) Ground the exter nal equipment an d elimina te the disturbance of the leaka ge cur rent from t he
6. EMC Issues
                                                                                                                        inverter's grounding cable .
6 . 1 Influence of Harmonics
1) The h igh frequency harmoni cs of m ains supply will influence the rectifying circuit of t he inverter.
                                                                                                                        6.3 Leakage current
The harmonics will heat t he rectifying circuit and even damage the circuit. So, it is recommended to
                                                                                                                        The inver ter has two ki nds of leakage curre nt, one is the grounding leakage c urrent and anoth er is the
install the filt ering device in the envi ronment where the power quality i s poor.
                                                                                                                        lea kage current between the lines:
2) Since the in verter output has high frequency harmonics, the output cannot be ins talled with
                                                                                                                        1) Grounding leakage curr ent:
capacitor or surge s uppressing devices because the cap acitor and s urge suppressing device may
                                                                                                                        The distributed capacitance exist s between the cables an d the ground, and the bigger the capa citance
resonate the circuit and damage the equipment.
                                                                                                                        and the bigger th e leakage current, s o th e motor cables should be as short as possible. B esides , the
                                                                                                                        bigger the ca rrier frequency is, the bigger the leakage current i s, so the us er can also reduc e the carr ier
6. 2 EMI
                                                                                                                        wa ve f requency, but the motor noise ma y increase . Installing re actor can also reduc e the leakage current.
1) Two kinds of EM I, one is the EMI around the inverter and distu rbs the inverter. T his kind of E MI is
                                                                                                                        The le akage cur rent is increased wit h the incre ase of the circuit curren t, so the l eakage curren t is big if
weak, besides the in verter has been designed with strong immunity. Another i s the E MI from the
                                                                                                                        the motor power is big.
inverter that m ay influence the equipment around the inverter. The inve rter its elf is a disturbance
                                                                                                                        2) Lea kage current between lines:
source b ecaus e it outputs PWM wave through high carrier frequency, so solving the EMI issue is
                                                                                                                        The distributed capacitance exist s in the inver ter抯 o utput cables, and resonanc e may occur if high
mainly to reduce the EMI of inverter.
                                                                                                                        fre quency ha rmonics e xist in the current, thus the lea kage current occurs, which may result in the wrong
M ethods:
                                                                                                                        action of relay.
A) Inverter an d oth er equipment shall be well grounded and the gr ounding res istance shall be less than
                                                                                                                        The method to solve this issue is to r educe the car rier fre que ncy or install the output reactor. I t is
5ohm.
                                                                                                                        recommende d to us e inver ter抯 protection fun ction i nst ead of a thermal rela y to protect the motor before
B ) Inverter's power cables shall be vertical instead of parallel with the control cables.
                                                                                                                        using the inverter.
C ) For the app lication with strong dis turbance, the power cables from the motor to the inverter shall b e
shielded and the shi elding layer shall be gr ounded.
D) The cables of disturbed equi pment shall be twisted shielded ca bles and the shiel ding layer s hall be
gr ounde d.




                                                    -15-                                                                                                                     -1 6-
DZB Series                                                                   Chapter 4 Op eration and Display    DZB Series                                                                  Chap ter 4 Operation a nd Displa y


                     Chapter 4 Digital Keypad Operation                                                                Expl anati on of Screen Display
4.1 Description of the Digital Keypad                                                                                  1. Explanation of Displayed Messages on Running status( r efer to F 3.05):
 ● Digital Keypad Pa rts and Functi ons
      This digit al keypad module includes two pa rts: display pa nel an d a keypad. Th e displa y panel                     Displayed
                                                                                                                                                    Displayed Message                  Operati on
                                                                                                                              Symbol
 allo ws th e user to program th e AC d rive, as well as view the d ifferent ope rating p ara me ters. The
 keypad is t he user interface to the AC motor drive. Refer to the following f igu re for a de scription                                        Sett ing frequency                 Press“ QUICK ”key
                                                                                                                                                                                          FUNC
                                                                                                                                                                                          DATA
                                                                                                                                                                                           JOG


 of t he d ifferent parts.
                                                                                                                                                Running freque ncy                 Press“ QUICK ”key
                                                                                                                                                                                          FUNC
                                                                                                                                                                                          DATA
                                                                                                                                                                                           JOG



                                                            Dig ital Ope rator
                                                                                                                                                Output current                     Press“ QUICK ”key
                                                                                                                                                                                          FUNC
                                                                                                                                                                                          DATA
                                                                                                                                                                                           JOG

                 LED dispaly
       Display the current running                 8. 8. 8. 8                       Digital display
                                                                                    Display output frequency、                                   Output voltage                     Press“ QUICK ”key
                                                                                                                                                                                          FUNC
                                                                                                                                                                                          DATA
                                                                                                                                                                                           JOG

       status of Inverter:                         RU N     STOP    FW D     R EV
                                                                                    current、parameter setting
       run、stop 、forward 、reverse                                                   and fault content。                                          Running speed                      Press“ QUICK ”key
                                                                                                                                                                                          FUNC
                                                                                                                                                                                          DATA
                                                                                                                                                                                           JOG
                                                  PRG M
                                                                           RU N
                 Program key                     R ES ET                            Run/move key                                                                                   Press“ QUICK ”key
                                                                                                                                                                                          FUNC
                                                                                                                                                Actual val ue of de la y time             DATA
                                                                                                                                                                                           JOG
                                                   F UN C
                                                   DAT A
                                                                           S TOP
             Function/Data key                                                      Stop/reset key
                                                                                                                                                Sett ing of delay time             Press“ QUICK ”key
                                                                                                                                                                                          FUNC
                                                                                                                                                                                          DATA
                                                                                                                                                                                           JOG

                                                                                    Up and down keys
                                                                                                                                                DC bus voltage                     Press“ QUICK ”key
                                                                                                                                                                                          FUNC
                                                                                                                                                                                          DATA
                                                                                                                                                                                           JOG
           Panel potentiometer
                                                 FRE Q.SET                                                                                      PID setpoint                       Press“ QUICK ”key
                                                                                                                                                                                          FUNC
                                                                                                                                                                                          DATA
                                                                                                                                                                                           JOG




                                                                                                                                                PID feedback                       Press“ QUICK ”key
                                                                                                                                                                                          FUNC
                                                                                                                                                                                          DATA
                                                                                                                                                                                           JOG



                             F ig.4-1 Operation Panel Schematic Diagram                                                                         VI value                           Press“ QUICK ”key
                                                                                                                                                                                          FUNC
                                                                                                                                                                                          DATA
                                                                                                                                                                                           JOG




                                                                                                                                                CI value                           Press“ QUICK ”key
                                                                                                                                                                                          FUNC
                                                                                                                                                                                          DATA
                                                                                                                                                                                           JOG


       Key                                                         Description
                                                                                                                                                Current se gment of
                                                                                                                                                                                   Press“ QUICK ”key
                                                                                                                                                                                          FUNC
                                                                                                                                                mult i- speed control                     DATA
                                                                                                                                                                                           JOG

     PRGM       Program / Reset
     RESET      First-stage menu ent ry or exit.                                                                       2. Explanation of Displayed M essa ges on Stop status ( refer to F3 .06):

                Fu nction / Data                                                                                             Displ ayed
                                                                                                                                                    Displa yed Message                 Operation
                Di splays informati on on the A C dri ve stat us such a s the reference frequency,out put                     Sym bol
      FUNC      fre quency, or output current in the normal mode. Whil e the dri ve is in the Program Mode,
      DATA                                                                                                                                      Sett ing frequency                 Press“ QUICK ”key
                                                                                                                                                                                          FUNC
                                                                                                                                                                                          DATA
                                                                                                                                                                                           JOG
                press this key once to display the current parameters.
                After changing the parameters, press this key agai n to store the new parameters.                                               DC bus voltage                     Press“ QUICK ”key
                                                                                                                                                                                          FUNC
                                                                                                                                                                                          DATA
                                                                                                                                                                                           JOG




                  Run                                                                                                                           Input terminal status              Press“ QUICK ”key
                                                                                                                                                                                          FUNC
                                                                                                                                                                                          DATA
                                                                                                                                                                                           JOG


       RUN        Used t o start t he AC drive operati on.
                                                                                                                                                Output terminal status             Press“ QUICK ”key
                                                                                                                                                                                          FUNC
                                                                                                                                                                                          DATA
                                                                                                                                                                                           JOG
                  This key has no effect when t he drive is set to terminal run.
                                                                                                                                                PID setpoint                       Press“ QUICK ”key
                                                                                                                                                                                          FUNC
                                                                                                                                                                                          DATA
                                                                                                                                                                                           JOG

                  S top
                  Used t o stop the AC drive operation.                                                                                         PID feedback                       Press“ QUICK ”key
                                                                                                                                                                                          FUNC
      STOP                                                                                                                                                                                DATA
                                                                                                                                                                                           JOG



                  If t he AC drive has st opped due to a fault, press this button to reset the drive.                                                                              Press“ QUICK ”key
                                                                                                                                                                                          FUNC
                                                                                                                                                VI value                                  DATA
                                                                                                                                                                                           JOG




                                                                                                                                                CI value                           Press“ QUICK ”key
                                                                                                                                                                                          FUNC
                 Up / Down                                                                                                                                                                DATA
                                                                                                                                                                                           JOG



                 Press t he "Up" or " Down" but ton to change parameter settings.                                                               Curr ent segment of
                                                                                                                                                                                   Press“ QUICK ”key
                                                                                                                                                                                          FUNC

                 These keys may also be used to scroll through diff erent operat ing values or parameters.                                      multi-speed control                       DATA
                                                                                                                                                                                           JOG




                                                            - 17-                                                                                                       -1 8 -
DZB Series                                                                             Chapte r 4 O peration and Displ ay           DZB Series                                                                   Cha pter 4 Operat ion and Display



4. 2 Modify and Check t he Function Codes                                                                                           In third level menu, if the parameter has no f lash bit, it m eans the function c ode ca nnot b e changed and
   DZB 200 series inverter's operation panel uses 3-level m enu to conduct pa rameter set tings.                                the possible reas ons are:
   3-level menu: functio n parameter group (firs t level ) →function code (second level)→ settin g of                           1) This parameter of this function code cannot be changed, such as the act ually d etected para meter and
fu nction code (third level). Operation procedure is shown in Fig. 4-2.                                                         running re cord parameter.
                                                                                                                                2) This function code cannot be changed in oper ating status and can only be changed when the inverter
                                          50.00         Digital display
                                                                                                                                is stopped.
                                                                                                                                4.3 How to View Statu s Parameters
                                  PRGM        PRGM
                                  RESET       RESET
                                                                                                                                     When DZB Series inverter is in the stop or running statu s, several status parameter of the inverter can be
                                                                                                                                displayed on the LED nixie tube. Pressing the keyDATA can displa y the stop or running status parameters.
                1 s t level men u          F0                                                                                   There are nine s top status parameters to be displayed in the s top status, Setting frequency,DC bus voltage,
                                                        M odify parameter group
                                                                                                                                Input terminal s tatus,Output terminal status,PID setpoint,PID feedback,VI value,CI value,Current segment
                                  PRGM        FUNC
                                              QU ICK                                                                            of multi-s peed control .
                                  RESET       DATA
                                               JOG
                                                                                                                                    DZBSeries inverter has f ifteen running status parameters to be displayed in the running status, Setting
                                                                                                                                frequency,Running frequency,Output current,Output voltage,Running speed,Actual v alue of delay time,
                2nd level menu        F0.07                                                                                     Setting of delay time,DC bus voltage,PID setpo int,PID feedback,Input te rminal status,Output term inal status,
                                                        M odify funct ion code
                                                                                                                                VI value, CI value,Current segment of multi-speed control .
                                  PRGM
                                  RESET
                                              FUNC
                                              QU ICK
                                              DATA
                                               JOG
                                                                                                                                    If the inverter is powered on again aft er power-off, the paramet ers dis played are defaulted as those
                                                                                                                                sele cted before the power-off.
                                                                                                                                4.4 Password Setting
                3 rd level men u 050.00
                                              M odify value of function code                                                    DZ B200 inverte r provides passwor d protecti on for use rs. When F3.00 i s not zero, that is the user password,
                       Fi g. 4-2 Operation Procedures for 3-level Menu                                                          and the password protection function is valid once exiti ng t he f unction code editing status. If the user
                                                                                                                                presses PRG again, the inverter shall display “------ ”, and the user can only e nter the menu after
Note: W hen operating 3-level menu, press ing PR G or DATA can return to second level menu. The
difference is: pressing DATA will save the param eters and return to second level m enu and then shift                          inputting the user password. Otherwise, the user ca nnot enter.
to the next function code, while pressing PRG will return to second leve l menu without saving the
                                                                                                                                     If t he user want s to cancel the password protec tion func tion, F3.00 should be set 0.
parameters.
E xample: Change the setting of F1.02 from 10.00Hz t o 15.00Hz. (Bold means flash bit.)


                     50.00
                                                                                 PRGM
                          PRGM                                                   RESET
                          RESET




                       F0                                                    F1

                                                                                 PRGM
                                                                                 RESET




                       F1                                                  F1.03

                          FUNC
                          QUICK                                                   FUNC
                                                                                  QU ICK
                          DATA
                           JOG                                                    DATA
                                                                                   J OG




                     F1.00                                                 15 .00



                                     FU ICK
                                     QUNC
                                                                  RUN
                                     DATA
                                      JO G
                     F1.02                             10.00               10 .00
                            Fig. 4-3 Exampl e for P arameter Changing
                                                         -19-                                                                                                                         -2 0-
DZB Series                                                                Chapter 5 Functio n Parame ters List              DZB Series                                                      Chapter 5 Function Parameters List


                        Chapter 5 Function parameters list
                                                                                                                           Function                                           Settin g Range                 Default     Modifi Serial
                                                                                                                            Code                  Nam e                                                       Value      ca tio n No
   DZB200series i nvert er funct ion para meters, which are grouped by func ti ons, have F0-F0 total 7 groups.
Each functi on group includes a numbe r of function codes, which adopt s t hree-stage menu, for i nstance,                                                      F0 Basic Function Parameters
“F4.08”means the 8th function code of F4th function.                                                                        F0.0 0    Contr ol mode                  1:V/F control                               1         ●       0.
   For the convenience of setting function code by using operation panel, the function group number is                                                               0:Keyb oard
corresponding to Stage 1 menu, the function code is cor responding to Stage 2 menu and the function code                              Runni ng Co mmand so urce
                                                                                                                            F0.01                                    1:Te rmin al                                0         ●       1.
parameter is corresponding to Stage 3 menu.                                                                                           selecti on
   1. The column of function table i s describe d as follows:                                                                                                        2:485 Commu nication
   The 1st column “Function Code ” is the functi on parameter group a nd parameter code.                                                                             0:Valid, and in verter memorize
                                                                                                                                                                       when po wer down
   The 2nd column “Name” is the complete name of the function parameter.
                                                                                                                                      Keyboard and ter mina l        1:Valid, and in verter does n ot
   The 3rd column “Set ting Range” is the effective setting value range of the funct ion parameter,                         F0.02     UP/DOWN setting                                                            0         ※       2.
                                                                                                                                                                       memorize when power down
shown on the operation panel LCD.
                                                                                                                                                                     2:Invalid
   The 4th “Default” is the ori ginal factory setting value of this funct ion parameter.
   The 5th “Modifi cation” is the modification performance of the function parameter (i.e. whether                                                                   0:Keyb oard

or not it is permitted to modify and the modification condit ions), explained as follows,                                                                            1:Panle poten tiome ter VI
   “※ ”: indicates that the setting value of t his paramete r can be modified when t he inverter is
                                                                                                                                                                     2:External terminal AI
ei ther in stop or operating status;                                                                                                  Fr equency command
                                                                                                                            F0.03                                    3:Reserved                                  0         ※       3.
   “● ”: means that the setting value of this parameter cannot be modified when the inverter is in                                    Selection
operati ng status;                                                                                                                                                   4:Multi-speed

   “**”: means t hat t his parameter is a test value which cannot be modi fied.                                                                                      5:PID control
   “##”:means that thi s parameter only can be modifi ed by manufacturer.                                                                                            6:485 Commu nication
(Inverter ha s done the automatic det ection restriction to the modification performance of each parameter,
                                                                                                                            F0.04     Maxim um outpu t freq uency    10.00~600.00Hz                         50.00Hz        ●       4.
hel ping user to prevent mis-modification.)
                                                                                                                            F0.05     Upper lim it frequency         F0.06~F0.04                            50.00Hz        ※       5.
    The 6th column “Serial No” is t he number of function code at the storage inside.
   2.“Default” indicates the value of the function code after it is refreshed while doing the mani pulation of              F0.06     Lower lim it frequency         0.0 0 Hz~F0.05                          0.00Hz        ※       6.
rest oring the fact ory parameters; but the actually detected parameters or record values ca nnot be r efreshed.            F0.07     Keyboard freq uency setting 0.0 0 Hz~F0.04                            50.00Hz        ※       7.
   3.In order t o e ffectivel y prot ec t the parameters, the inverter provides the crypt oguard for the funct ion code.                                             0.1 ~360.0s
                                                                                                                            F0.08     ACCEL time 1                                                            10.0s        ※       8.
After the user's password is set up (i.e. user's passw ord F3.00 parameter is not 0), when the user press PRG
                                                                                                                            F0.09     DECEL time 1                   0.1 ~360.0s                              10.0s        ※       9.
button to enter function code edit status, the system first ent ers the user's password verificati on status,
                                                                                                                                                                     0:Operating at de fau lt directio n
displaying “-----”, and the operator must input correctly the user's password, otherwise it is impossible to
                                                                                                                                      Operation d irection
ent er. At the state that t he cryptoguard is not locked, the user's password can be modified at any time, and t he         F0.10                                    1:Operating at r everse d irection          2         ●      10 .
                                                                                                                                      selecti on
one finally input will be t he user's password. If F3.00 is set as 0, t he user's password can be cancell ed; when                                                   2:NO inverse ope rating
t he pow er is on, if F3.00 is not 0, parame ters are protected by password.                                                                                                                                  S et by
                                                                                                                            F0.11      Carr ie r frequency setting   1.0 ~15.0kHz                             model        ※      11.
   4. When modify parameter using seri al communicati on, usage of user password al so abide above principle.
                                                                                                                                                                     0:NO operation
                                                                                                                                      Fun ctiona l parameters
                                                                                                                            F0.12                                    1:Restore defaul t value                    0         ●      12 .
                                                                                                                                      restoration
                                                                                                                                                                     2:Delete fai lure records

                                                                                                                                                                     0:Invalid

                                                                                                                            F0.13     AVR selection                  1:Valid all the ti me                       1         ※      13 .
                                                                                                                                                                     2:Invalid during deceleration




                                                        - 21-                                                                                                                -2 2 -
DZB Series                                                     Chapter 5 Functio n Parame ters List             DZB0 Series                                                     Chapter 5 Function Parameters List




Function                                         Settin g Range                  Defa ult     Modifi Serial    Function                                            Setting R ange                De fault    Modifi Serial
 Code                 Name                                                        Value       cation No         Code                 Name                                                         Value      cat ion No
                                          0:Direct start                                                                  M utual inductance o f                                                  Set by
                                                                                                                F1.0 9                                   0.1 ~999.9m H                                         ※      35 .
                                                                                                                          m otor stator/rotor                                                     mode l
                                          1:DC br aking first and then sta rt
 F0.14      Start M ode                                                              0         ●       14.
                                                                                                                                                         0.01~99.99 A                             Set by
                                                                                                                F1.1 0    No-l oad current                                                                     ※      36 .
                                          2:Run ning speed pick-u p and                                                                                                                           mode l
                                            then st art                                                         F1.11     Reserved                                                                                    37 .
 F0.15      Start freq uency              0.5~99.99Hz                            0.50Hz        ※       15.                Speed loo p proportional
                                                                                                                F1.1 2                                   0 ~100                                     30         ※      38 .
                                                                                                                          gain1
            Hold time of start
 F0.16                                    0.0~50.0s                                0.0 s       ※       16.
            frequ ency                                                                                          F1.1 3    Speed loo p integral ti me 1   0.01~10.00 s                             0.50s        ※      39 .
            Bra king current                                                                                              Switching low
 F0.17      be fore starti ng             0.0~150.0%                              0.0%         ※       17.      F1.1 4                                   0.00Hz~F1.1 7                            5.0Hz        ※      40 .
                                                                                                                          point frequency
            Bra king time                                                                                                 Speed loo p proportional
 F0.18      be fore starti ng             0.0~50.0s                                0.0 s       ※       18.      F1.1 5                                   0 ~100                                     25         ※      41 .
                                                                                                                          gain 2
                                          0:DECEL Stop                                                                    Speed loo p integral
                                                                                                                F1.1 6                                   0.01~10.00 s                             1.0 0s       ※      42 .
 F0.19      Stop M ode                                                               0         ※       19.                time 2
                                          1:Free run S top
                                                                                                                          Switching hi gh
            Beginning Frequency of                                                                              F1.1 7                                   F1.14~99.99Hz                           10.0Hz        ※      43 .
 F0.20                                    0.00~99.99Hz                           0.0Hz         ※       20.                point frequency
            braking
                                                                                                                          VC slip compensa ting          50 %~200%
 F0.21      Waiting time of b raking      0.0~50.0s                                0.0 s        ※      21.      F1.1 8                                                                            100%         ※      44 .
                                                                                                                          factor
 F0.22      DC bra ki ng current          0.0~150.0%                              0.0%         ※       22.                                               0.0~200.0%
                                                                                                                F1.1 9    Upper tor que limit setting
                                                                                                                                                         (inverter rated curre nt)               160.0%        ※      45 .
 F0.23      DC bra ki ng time             0.0~50.0s                                0.0 s       ※       23.
                                                                                                                                                         0 :Linear V/F cur ve
            Dead time betwee n                                                                                  F1.2 0    V/F curve setting                                                          0         ●      46 .
 F0.24                                    0.0~360.0s                               0.0 s       ※       24.
            forward a nd reverse                                                                                                                         1 :square torque V/F curve
                                          0:Te rminal command in valid                                          F1.2 1    Torque boost                   0.0%:(au to)      0.1%~30.0%                0         ※      47 .
            Terminal command                when power on
 F0.25      prote ction when                                                         0         ※       25.                                               0.0%~50.0% (relative to motor
            po wer on                     1:Te rminal command valid when                                        F1.2 2    Torque boost cut-o ff
                                                                                                                                                         rated frequency)                         20 .0%       ●      48 .
                                            power on
                                                                                                                F1.2 3    V/F slip comp ensati on limit 0.0 ~200.0%                               100%         ※      49 .
                                        F1 Motor Parameters
                                                                                                                                                         0:N o Operation
 F1.00      Rese rved                                                                                  26.                Energy Con servation
                                                                                                                F1.2 4                                                                               0         ※      50 .
                                                                                                                          Selection                      1:Ene rgy Conservation
                                                                                 Set by
 F1.01      Motor rated po wer            0.4~55.0kW                             mode l        ●       27.
                                                                                                                                       F2 Input and Output Terminal Function Parameters
 F1.02      Motor rated frequ ency        0.01Hz ~F0.04                         50 .00Hz       ●       28.
                                                                                 Set by                         F2.0 0    On-off sig nal filter times    1 ~10                                       5         ※      51 .
 F1.03      Motor rated speed             0~9999r pm                                           ●       29.
                                                                                 mode l
                                                                                 Set by                                   S1 Termina l Functio n         0:N o Function
 F1.04      Motor rated voltage           0~460V                                               ●       30.      F2.0 1                                                                               1         ●      52 .
                                                                                 mode l                                   Selection
                                                                                 Set by                                                                  1:Forw ard
 F1.05      Motor rated curre nt          0.1~100.0A                             mode l        ●       31.                S2 Termina l Functio n
                                                                                                                F2.0 2
                                                                                                                                                         2:R everse
                                                                                                                                                                                                     2         ●      53 .
                                                                                 Set by                                   Selection
 F1.06      Motor sta tor resistan ce     0.001~9.999Ω                           mode l        ※       32.
                                                                                 Set by                                   S3 Termina l Functio n         3:thre e-wire control
 F1.07     M otor rotor resistance        0.001~99.99Ω                                         ※       33.      F2.0 3                                                                               4         ●      54 .
                                                                                 m ode l                                  Selection
                                                                                                                                                         4:Forw ard Jogging
           M otor stator/rotor                                                   Set by                                   S4 Termina l Functio n
 F1.08                                    0.1~999.9mH                                          ※       34.      F2.0 4                                                                               7         ●      55 .
           in ductan ce                                                          m ode l                                  Selection                      5:R everse Jogging




                                                - 23-                                                                                                             -2 4 -
DZB Series                                                        Chapter 5 Functio n Parame ters List             DZB Series                                                   Chapter 5 Function Parameters L ist




Function                                          Settin g Range                    Defa ult     Modifi Serial    Function                                        Settin g R ange                De fault     Modifi Ser ial
 Code                  Name                                                          Value       cation No         Code                  Name                                                     Value       cation No
            S5 Termina l Function         6:Free run stop                                                          F2. 14     AI l ower limit             0.0 V ~10.0V                             0.0V         ※      65.
 F2.05                                                                                 12         ●       56.
            Selection
                                          7:Failure reset                                                                     AI l ower limit
                                                                                                                   F2.15      corresponding setting       -100 .0%~100. 0%                         0.0 %        ※      66.
            S6 Termina l Function
 F2.06                                    8:External fa ult input                      13         ●       57.
            Selection                                                                                              F2.16      AIupper limit               0.0 V ~10.0V                            10.0V         ※      67.
                                          9:Frequen cy se tting (UP)                                                          AI upper li mit
                                                                                                                   F2.17                                  -100 .0%~100. 0%                       10 0.0%        ※      68.
                                                                                                                              corresponding setting
                                         10 :Frequency setting(DOWN)
                                                                                                                   F2.18      AI i nput fi ltering time   0.0 s~ 10.0s                             0.1s         ※      69.
                                         11:Freq uency up/down setting
                                            clear                                                                  F2.19      Mo1outpu t selection        0:N O outpu t                              1          ※      70.
                                         12:Multi-Spee d Termina l 1                                                                                      1 :Fre quency reaches
                                                                                                                   F2.20      Reserved                                                                                 71.
                                         13:Multi-Spee d Termina l 2
                                                                                                                   F2.21      Relay output selection      2 :FDT output                              3          ※      72.
                                         14:Multi-Spee d Termina l 3
                                                                                                                                                          3 :Fault o utput
                                         15:ACCEL/DE CEL Time sel ection
                                                                                                                                                          4 :Mo tor running f orward
                                         16:PID control pause
                                         17:Tra verse pa use at curren t                                                                                  5 :Mo tor running reve rse
                                            frequency
                                                                                                                                                          6 :Null sp eed operating
                                         18:Tra verse reset
                                                                                                                                                          7 :Upper limit frequency reach es
                                         19:ACCEL/DE CEL forbid
                                                                                                                                                          8 :Lower limit frequency reach es
                                         20:Reserved
                                                                                                                                                          9 ~10:Reserved
                                         21:Exter nal accel ter minal
                                                                                                                                                          11:High pressure reaches
                                         22:Exter nal decel termin al                                                                                     detect ion(NC)
                                                                                                                                                          12 :Low pressure rea ches
                                         23:Del ay time setti ng ( up)                                                                                    detect ion(NC)
                                         24:Delay time set ting (down)                                                                                    13 :High pressure reache s
                                                                                                                                                          detect ion(NO)
                                         25:Prog ra mme r unning r eset
                                                                                                                                                          14 :Low pressure rea ches
                                         26:Prog ra mme r unning i nvalid                                                                                 detect ion(NO)

                                         0:two-wi re contro l 1                                                                                           15 :Sleeping ala rms i nd ication

                                         1:two-wi re contro l 2                                                                                           16 :No water ala rms i ndica tion
            Terminal con tro l
 F2.07                                                                                  0         ●       58 .
            m ode                        2:three-wi re contro l 1                                                                                         17 :No zero speed

                                         3:three-wi re contro l 2                                                                                         18 :Running

            UP/DOWN frequen cy                                                                                                                            0 :Setting freq uen cy
 F2.08                                   0.0 1~99.99Hz/s                           0.50Hz/s        ※      59 .
            in cremen t varia ble rate                                                                                                                    1 :Running fre que ncy
 F2.09      VI lower li mi t             0.0 V~10.0V                                 0.0V         ※       60 .
                                                                                                                                                          2 :Output current
            VI lower li mi t
 F2.10                                   -100 .0%~100.0%                             0.0%         ※       61 .                                            3 :Output voltage
            corre sp onding setting

 F2.11      VI uppe r limit              0.0 V~10.0V                                10.0V         ※       62 .                                            4 :Running speed
                                                                                                                              FM Analog output
                                                                                                                   F2.22                                                                             0          ※      73.
                                                                                                                              selecti on                  5 :Output p ower
            VI upper limit
 F2.12                                   -100.0%~ 100.0%                            100.0%         ※      63 .
            corresp onding setting
                                                                                                                                                          6 :Output torque
 F2.13      V I input fi lterin g time   0.0s~10.0 s                                 0.1 s        ※       64.
                                                                                                                                                          7 :VI input value



                                                - 25-                                                                                                           -2 6 -
DZB Series                                                         Chapter 5 Function Parameters L ist            DZB Series                                                       Chapter 5 Function Parameters List




Function                                         Settin g Ran ge                    De fault     Modifi Serial    Function                                            Setting Range                 Default     Modifi Serial
 Code                 Name                                                           Value       cation No         Code                 Name                                                         Value      ca tio n No
                                         8:AI input value                                                                                                 7:DC bus voltage             128
                                         9~10 :Reserved                                                                                                   8:PID set point              256

 F2.23     AO L ower limit               0. 0%~100.0%                                 0.0%         ※      74.                                             9:PID feedbac k              512
           Lo wer limit corresponding                                                                                                                     10:Reserved
 F2.24     AO o utpu t                   0. 0V~10.0V                                 0.0V          ※      75.
                                                                                                                                                          11:Reserved
 F2.25     AO Upper limit                0. 0%~100.0%                               100.0%         ※      76.
                                                                                                                                                          12: VI value                4096
           Upper limit corresponding
 F2.26                                   0. 0V~10.0V                                10.0V          ※      77.
           AO o utpu t                                                                                                                                    13: AI value                8192
                             F3 Human Machine Interface Parameter s                                                                                       14: Current segment of
                                                                                                                                                          multi-speed control         16384
 F3.00     User password                 0~9999                                         0          ※      78.
                                                                                                                                                          Setting frequency             1
 F3.01     Reserved                                                                                       79.                 Stop status display
                                                                                                                   F3.06      par ameter option
                                                                                                                                                          DC bus volt age              2              255         ※      84.
 F3.02     Reserved                                                                                       80.
                                                                                                                                                          Input terminal status        4
                                        0:Keypad control valid
                                                                                                                                                          Output terminal status        8
                                        1:Keypad an d termi nal control
                                        vali d                                                                                                            PI D setpoint                16
 F3.03      STOP fun ction option                                                       0          ※      81.
                                        2:Keypad an d commu nication                                                                                      PI D feedback                32
                                        control val id
                                                                                                                                                          VI value                     64
                                        3:Al l co ntrol m odes valid
                                                                                                                                                          AI value                     128
                                        0:external keyboard preferential
                                        ENB                                                                                                               C urrent segment of
                                                                                                                                                          multi-speed control          256
                                        1:Local a nd exter nal keyboard
                                        sim ultaneous display, only                                                                                       Act ual delay time           512
                                        external key-pr ess is valid.
                                                                                                                                                          Sett ing delay t ime        1024
 F3.04      Keypad d isplay option      2:Local p anel an d external                    0          ※      82.
                                        keyboard sim ultaneous disp lay,                                                     operation st atus display
                                                                                                                   F3.07     p r eferential option
                                                                                                                                                          0- 14 (0: in vali d)                          0         ※      85 .
                                        only Local key-press is valid.
                                        3:Local and external keyboard                                              F3.08     IGBT mo dule temperatur e    0~100.0℃                                                **     86.
                                        simultaneous display, and all
                                        key-presses are valid (both are                                            F3.09     Software version                                                                     **     87.
                                        OR logical relation)
                                                                                                                             Accumulative op erating
                                                                                                                   F3.10                                  0~9999h                                       0         **     88.
                                        Displayed M essage          Co de                                                    time

                                        0:Set ting frequency                                                                 The fault before pr evious   0:No fault
                                                                       1
                                                                                                                   F3.11                                                                                          **     89.
                                                                                                                             fault type                   1:IGBT U p hase protecti on(E009)
                                        1:Running f requency           2
                                                                                                                   F3.12     Previous faul t type         2:IGBT V pha se pro tection (E019)                      **     90.
            operat ion status display   2:O utput current              4
 F3.05      parameter option                                                           255         ※      83.                Current fault type           3:IGBT W ph ase protection(E0 29)
                                        3:O utput voltage              8                                           F3.13                                                                                          **     91.

                                        4:Running speed                                                                                                   4:Acce leration over -current(E004)
                                                                       16
                                        5:Actual delay t ime           32                                                                                 5:Deceleration o ve r-curre nt(E005)

                                        6:Set ting delay time          64                                                                                 6:Constan t speed o ver-current
                                                                                                                                                            (E0 06)




                                                - 27-                                                                                                                -2 8 -
DZB Series                                                        Chapter 5 Functio n Parame ters List            DZB Series                                                        Chapter 5 Function Parameters List




Function                                             Setting Range                  Default      Modifi Serial    Function                                          Setting Range                    Default     Modifi Serial
 Code                 Name                                                           Value       cation No         Code                 Name                                                          Value      ca tio n No
                                           7:Accelerati on over-voltage(E002)                                      F4.0 5      Skip fre quency               0.00~F0.04                               0.0 0Hz      ※     102.

                                           8:D ecelera tion over-voltage (E00A)                                    F4.0 6      Skip fre quency r ange        0.00~99.99 Hz                            0.0 0Hz      ※     103.
                                           9:C onstant speed o ver-voltage                                                                                  0.0 ~10 0.0%
                                                                                                                   F4.0 7     Traver se frequency range
                                                                                                                                                            ( relative to set fr equen cy)             0.0%        ※     104.
                                             ( E003)
                                           10 :Bu s under-voltage fault(E001)                                                                               0.0 ~50 .0%( relative to traverse
                                                                                                                   F4.0 8      Kick frequency range
                                                                                                                                                            fr equency r ange)                         0.0%        ※     105.
                                           11:Motor o verload(E007)
                                                                                                                              Traverse frequency up
                                           12 :Inverter o verl oad(E008)                                           F4.0 9                                   0.1~360.0s                                 5.0 s       ※     106.
                                                                                                                              time
                                           13 :Inpu t side phase failure(E012)                                                Traverse frequen cy down
                                                                                                                   F4.1 0                                   0.1~360.0s                                 5.0 s       ※     107.
                                                                                                                              time
                                           14 :Outpu t side phase failure(E013)
                                                                                                                   F4.11      Fault auto -reset times       0~3                                          0         ※     108.
                                           15 :Diode module ove rheat fault
                                               ( E0 0E)                                                                       Interval ti me setting of
                                                                                                                   F4.12                                    0.1~100.0s                                 1.0 s       ※     109.
                                                                                                                              automatic resetting fault
                                           16 :IGBT modul e overheat fault
                                               ( E0 1E)                                                            F4.13     FDT l evel detection value    0.00~ F0.04                              50.00Hz        ※     110.
                                           17 :Externa l fault(E017)                                               F4.14     FDT d elay detection va lue   0.0~10 0.0%(FD T leve l)                   5.0%         ※     111.

                                           18 :Communi cation fault(E018)                                                    Frequency reaching
                                                                                                                   F4.15                                   0.0~10 0.0%(maximum fre quency)            0.0%         ※     112.
                                                                                                                             detection ran ge
                                           19 :Current detect error(E015)
                                                                                                                                                           115.0~140.0%(standard DC bus              130.0%
                                           20 :Motor self-l earni ng error (E016)                                            Brake Threshold               voltage) 380V
                                                                                                                   F4.16     Va lue Voltage                                                                        ※     113.
                                           21 :EEPROM operation e rror                                                                                     115.0~140.0%(standard DC bus              120.0%
                                               ( E0 0F)                                                                                                    voltage) 220V
                                           22 :PID fe edback disconne ct err or                                                                            0.1~99 9.9%
                                               ( E0 2E)                                                                      Speed display
                                                                                                                   F4.17                                   Speed=120×running                         100.0%        ※     114.
                                           23 :Br aking uni t error(E01A)                                                    ratio
                                                                                                                                                           frequency×F4.17/pole number
                                           24 :Reserved                                                                                                    0:Given by Keyboard(F4.19)
            Operating frequency at                                                                                                                         1:Given by panel potentiometer VI
 F3.14                                                                              0.00Hz        **      92.
            current fault
                                                                                                                             PID setpoint                  2:Given by external te rminal AI
            Output amperage at                                                                                     F4.18     Sources Option                                                              0         ●     115.
 F3.15                                                                               0.0A         **      93.
            current fault                                                                                                                                  3:Given by Remote
            Bus voltage at current fault                                                                                                                   Communication
 F3.16                                                                               0.0V         **      94.
                                                                                                                                                           4:Multi-seg setpoint
 F3.17      Setting del ay ti me           0~9999s                                      0         ※       95.
                                                                                                                   F4.19     Preset PID setpoint           0.0%~100.0 %                               0.0%         ※     116.
 F3.18      Setting uni t of d elay time   0~3                                          0         ※       96.
                                                                                                                                                           0 :Reserved
                                   F4 Application Func tion Parameters
                                                                                                                             PID Feedback                  1 :AI Feedback
 F4.00      ACCEL Ti me 2                  0.1~ 360.0s                               10.0s        ※       97.      F4.20     Sources Option                                                              0         ●     117.
                                                                                                                                                           2 :Reserved
 F4.01      DECEL Ti me 2                  0.1~ 360.0s                               10.0s        ※       98.
                                                                                                                                                           3 :Communication fe edback
 F4.02      Jogging frequency              0.00 ~F0.04                              5.00Hz        ※       99.
                                                                                                                             PID Output Characteristics 0 :positi ve
 F4.03      Jogging ACCEL time             0.1~ 360.0s                               10.0s        ※      100.      F4.21     Option                                                                      0         ●     118.
                                                                                                                                                        1 :negative
 F4.04      Jogging DECEL time             0.1~ 360.0s                               10.0s        ※      101.



                                                  - 29-                                                                                                            -3 0 -
DZB Series                                                       Chapter 5 Functio n Parame ters List            DZB Series                                                      Chapter 5 Function Parameters List




Function                                              Setting Range                Default      Modifi Serial    Function                                        Setting Range                    Default     Modifi Serial
 Code                 Name                                                          Value       cation No         Code                 Name                                                        Value      ca tio n No

 F4.22     Proportional gain (Kp)            0.0 0~99.99                            1.00         ※      119.                                       F6 Communication Parameters
 F4.23 Integral time (Ti)                    0.0 1~10.00s                           0.10s        ※      120.      F6.00      Co mmunication Address     1~247,0 is th e broadcast address             1         ※     142.

 F4.24     Differential time (Td)            0.0 0~10.00s                           0.00s        ※      121.                                            0:120 0BPS

 F4.25     Sampling cycle time (T)           0.0 1~99.99s                           0.10s        ※      122.                                            1:240 0BPS
       PID control                                                                                                                                      2:480 0BPS
 F4.26 discrepancy li mit                    0.0 ~100.0%                            0.0 %        ※      123.      F6.01      Baud rate setting                                                        3         ※     143.
                                                                                                                                                        3:960 0BPS
           Feedback disconnection
 F4.27                                       0.0 ~100.0%                            0.0 %        ※      124.
           detecting value                                                                                                                              4:192 00BPS
           Feedba ck disconnection                                                                                                                      5:384 00BPS
 F4.28                                       0.0 ~360.0s                             1.0 s       ※      125.
           detecting ti me
                                                                                                                                                        0:No ch eck(N,8,1)for RTU
 F4.29     Multi -Speed 0                    -100.0~1 00.0%                         0.0%         ※      126.
                                                                                                                  F6.02      Data pattern               1:Odd check( E,8 ,1)fo r RTU                  0         ※     144.
 F4.30     Multi -Speed 1                    -100.0~1 00.0%                         0.0%         ※      127.
                                                                                                                                                        2:Even che ck(O,8,1)fo r RTU
 F4.31     Multi -Speed 2                    -100.0~1 00.0%                         0.0%         ※      128.
                                                                                                                                                        3:No check( N,8,2)for RTU
 F4.32     Multi -Speed 3                    -100.0~1 00.0%                         0.0%         ※      129.
                                                                                                                                                        4:Od d check(E,8,2) for RTU
 F4.33     Multi -Speed 4                    -100.0~1 00.0%                         0.0%         ※      130.
                                                                                                                                                        5:Even check(O,8,2) for RTU
 F4.34     Multi -Speed 5                    -100.0~1 00.0%                         0.0%         ※      131.
                                                                                                                                                        6:No check( N,7,1)for ASCII
 F4.35     Multi -Speed 6                    -100.0~1 00.0%                         0.0%         ※      132.
                                                                                                                                                        7:Od d check(E,7,1) for ASCII
 F4.36     Multi -Speed 7                    -100.0~1 00.0%                         0.0%         ※      133.
                                                                                                                                                        8:Even check(O,7,1) for ASCII
                                          F5 Protection Parameter s
                                                                                                                                                        9:No check( N,7,2)for ASCII
                                             0:No prote ction
                                                                                                                                                        10:Odd check(E,7,2) for ASCII
           Motor Overl oad
 F5.00                                       1:Normal motor                            1         ●      134.
           P rotection Option                                                                                                                           11:Even check( O,7,2)for ASCII
                                             2:Variable Frequency motor
                                                                                                                                                        12:No che ck(N ,8,1) for ASCII
           Motor Overl oad                   20.0% ~120.0%
 F5.01
                                             (mot or r ated current)              10 0.0%        ※      135.                                            13:Odd check(E,8,, 1)for ASCII
           P rotection Current
           P ower- down Fr equency           70.0~110.0%(sta nda rd bus                                                                                 14:Even check( O,8,1 )for ASCI I
 F5.02     Drop Point                        volta ge)                             80.0%         ※      136.
                                                                                                                                                        15:No che ck(N ,8,2) for ASCII
           Instant powe r-do wn
 F5.03     Frequ ency dro p rate             0.0 0Hz~ 99.99Hz                       0.0Hz        ※      137.                                            16:Odd check(E,8,2) for ASCII

                                             0:prohibit                                                                                                 17:Even check( O,8,2 )for ASCI I
           Over -voltage
 F5.04                                                                                 0         ※      138.
           S tall Protection                 1:allow                                                                         Co mmunication
                                                                                                                  F6.03                                 0~200 ms                                    5ms         ※     145.
                                                                                                                             response delay
           Over -voltage Stall               110~150%(380V)                         120%
 F5.05                                                                                           ※      139.                 Co mmunication
           P rotection Vo ltage                                                                                   F6.0 4                                0.0(invalid),0.1~ 100.0s                    0.0s        ※     146.
                                             110~150%(220V)                         115%                                     overtime fault time

 F5.06     Over -cur rent stall setting      100~ 200%                              150%         ※      140.                                            0: Alarm and free ru n stop

           Over -cur rent gain settin g                                                                                      Co mmunication             1: No al arm an d keep run ning
 F5.07                                       0~100                                    20         ※      141.      F6.05
                                                                                                                             err or mea sure
           to avoi d of stalling
                                                                                                                                                        2: No al arm an d stop accor ding to          1         ※     147.
                                                                                                                                                           stop mode(by communication)



                                                     - 31-                                                                                                      -3 2 -
DZB Series                                            Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription          DZB Series                                                                Chapter 6 Parameter Description

                                                                                                                              Chapter 6 Parameter Description

Function                           Sett ing Range                 D efault     Modifi Seria l
 Cod e             Name                                            Value       cation N o
                                                                                                 F0 Basic Function Parame ters
                          3: No alar m an d stop accor ding to
                             st op mode(by all control mode)                                       Functio n                                              Setting Range                  Default
                                                                                                    Cod e                Name                                                             Value
                          0: Respons e when wr ite
           Response
 F6.06                                                                0          ※      148.        F0.00      Control mode                   1:V/F contr ol                                 1
           measure        1: No response when write

                                                                                                   V/F Control Mode
                                                                                                     V/F c ontrol mode is suitable for the application w hich does not require hi gh control accuracy,
                                                                                                  e.g. pump and fans, and al so suitabl e for cases with one i nverter driving multiple motors.


                                                                                                   Functio n                                              Setting Range                  Default
                                                                                                    Cod e                Name                                                             Value
                                                                                                                                              0:Ke yb oard
                                                                                                               Command source
                                                                                                    F0.0 1                                    1:Termin al                                    0
                                                                                                               selecti on
                                                                                                                                              2:485 communication

                                                                                                  P ath Sel ection for the i nverter Control Command
                                                                                                  0: Keyboard Command Path
                                                                                                     The buttons RUN and STOP on the keyboard are for operation control.
                                                                                                  1:Terminal Command Path
                                                                                                     Multifunction input terminals of forward, reverse, forward j ogging, reverse jogging and so on,
                                                                                                  perform the opera tion command control.
                                                                                                  2:Communi cation Command Path
                                                                                                     Operation command control is performe d t hrough communication pattern by upper level machine.

                                                                                                   Functio n                                              Setting Range                  Default
                                                                                                    Cod e                Name                                                             Value
                                                                                                                                              0:Ke yb oard and terminal
                                                                                                                                                UP/DOWN setting
                                                                                                               Keyboard and terminal
                                                                                                    F0.02                                     1:Valid, a nd inverter do es n ot              0
                                                                                                               UP/DOWN setting
                                                                                                                                                memorize whe n power down

                                                                                                                                              2:Invalid

                                                                                                     DZB200series inverter can set up the frequency though "∧" a nd " ∨" buttons on t he keyboard and
                                                                                                  t erminal UP/ DOWN (Frequency setting increase /Frequency set ti ng decrease), a nd as it has the hi ghest
                                                                                                  purview, it can combi ne with any other frequency setting path to mainly accomplishes the fine adjustment
                                                                                                  of inverter output fre quency during control system c ommissioning.




                                  - 33-                                                                                                                -3 4 -
DZB Series                                                               Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription         DZB Series                                                                  Chapter 6 Parameter Description



0: Val id, and the inverter memorizes when power down. Able to set up frequency command, and memorize                 6:Remote communicati on
thi s set frequency when the invert er is power down. When the power is back,automatically combine it with               The frequency command is given in the communication mode by upper position machine.For det ails,
current frequency sett ing.                                                                                           please refer to “DZB Seri es inverter ModBus Communi cation Protocol”.
1: Val id, and the inverter does not memori ze when power i s down. Able to set up frequency,but when the
                                                                                                                      Functio n                                               Setting Range                      Default
inverte r power is down, thi s frequency setti ng i s not memorized.                                                   Cod e                 Name                                                                 Value
2: Invalid. The frequency set through keyboard and terminal UP/DOWN is autom atical ly cleared,and the                  F0.04     Maximum output frequen cy         10 .00~ 600.00H z                           50.00Hz
settings through keyboard and terminal UP/DOWN are i nvalid.
   Note: After the user restores t he defaul t val ue s of inverter function paramete rs, th e frequency                 It is used to set up t he maximum out put frequency of inverter. P lease note that, it is the ba sis of frequency

val ue, set through keyboard and termi nal UP/DOWN, is automat icall y cl eared.                                      setting and acceleration/de cel eration speed.

                                                                                                                      Functio n                                               Setting Range                      Default
Function                                                                                 Default                       Cod e                 Name                                                                 Value
                       Name                            Setting Range
 Code                                                                                    Value
                                                                                                                        F0.05     Upper limit frequency             F0.06~F0.04                                 50.00Hz
                                             0: Keyboard

                                             1: Panel pote ntiome ter VI                                                 It is the upper li mit of inverter output frequenc y, w hich should be less t han or equal to the maxi mum

                                             2: External terminal AI                                                  output frequency.
           Frequency command
  F0.03                                      3: Reserved                                     0                        Functio n                                                                                  Default
           Sele cti on                                                                                                                       Name                             Setting Range
                                                                                                                       Cod e                                                                                      Value
                                             4: Multi-speed
                                                                                                                        F0.06     Lower limit frequency             0.00 Hz~F0.05                                0.00Hz
                                             5: PID control
                                                                                                                         The l ower l imit of inverter output frequency.
                                             6: 48 5 communication
                                                                                                                         If setpoint frequency is lower than lower limit frequency whe n startup, inverter c an not run.operate at

   Selecti on of inverter frequency command i nput channels. There are 7 main frequency set ting channel s:           t he lower li mit frequency, stop or be dormant. Therein, Maximum out put frequency≥ upper limit frequenc y

0: Keyboard                                                                                                           ≥lower limit frequency.

   Ac complish keyboa rd frequency set ting by me ans of modifying t he value of function code F0.07                  Functio n                                                                                  Default
                                                                                                                                             Name                             Setting Range
“Keyboard freque ncy sett ing”.                                                                                        Cod e                                                                                      Value
1: VI                                                                                                                   F0.07     Keyboard frequen cy setting 0.00 Hz~F0.04                                     50.00Hz
2: External terminal AI
                                                                                                                         When Frequency Command is chosen as“ keyboard Setting”, this function code value i s the ini tial
   This means that the frequency is set up through analog input terminals. DZB seri es invert er provides 2
                                                                                                                      set value of inverter frequency.
analog input channel. AVI is 0-10V voltage input mode , whi le ACI i s 0 (4)-20mA input.
   The 100.0% set ting of analog input is corresponding to the maxi mum frequency (Funct ion Code F 0.04),            Functio n                                                                                  Default
                                                                                                                                             Name                             Setting Range
                                                                                                                       Cod e                                                                                      Value
and -100.0% i s corresponding to maximum reverse fre quency (Function Code F0.04).
                                                                                                                        F0.08     ACCEL time 1                      0.1~36 0.0s                                   10.0s
3:Reserved
4:Multi-speed operation                                                                                                 F0.09     DECEL time 1                      0.1~36 0.0s                                   10.0s
   The inverter is operated i n t he mode of mult i-speed onc e thi s frequency setting mode is chosen. It is
                                                                                                                         Accel erati on t ime means the time t1 required for i nvert er to accelera te t o the maximum output
needed to set up the parameters of F2 Group and F4 Group “ Multi -speed control group” to determine the
                                                                                                                      frequency (F0.04) from 0Hz.
coi ncidence relation bet ween given pe rcentage and given frequency.
                                                                                                                         D ecele rat ion ti me is the time t2 requi red for inverte r to decelerate to 0Hz from t he maximum out put
5: PID control
                                                                                                                      frequency (F0.04).
   Selecti on of this parameter means that the operation mode of inverter i s PID control mode.In this case,
                                                                                                                         It is indi cated by following figure
it is required to set up F4 Group “PID control group” . The operati on frequency of i nverter is the frequency
val ue which PID gives. Please refer to the description of F4 Group “PID functi ons” for t he definition of
PID setpoint source, assigned value, fee dback source and so on.




                                                    - 35-                                                                                                                  -3 6 -
DZB Series                                                                            Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription         DZB Series                                                                  Chapter 6 Parameter Description



        Output frequency f                                                                                                       Functio n                                                                                 Default
                                                                                                                                                         Name                            Setting Range
                                                                                                                                  Cod e                                                                                     Value
                            f m ax                                                                                                 F0.11       Carr ier frequ ency setti ng    1.0~15 .0kHz
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Set by
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           model

                            f set
                                                                                                                                             Carrier      Electronmagnetic          Cacophony,
                                                                                                                                           frequency                              Leakage current          Heat radiation
                                                                                                                                                                noise


                                                                                                                                               1KHz
                                                                                                                                                                       large                  small                   small

                                                                                                    Time t
                                     actu al acc e.                            a ct ual d ece .
                                                                                                                                            10KHz
                                         time                                       t ime

                                       set a cce.t ime                     se t dec e.time
                                                                                                                                                                       small                  large                   large
                                                                                                                                            15KHz
                            Fig 6-1 Ac cel erati on a nd Deceleration time diagram

   When the set freque ncy is equal to the maximum frequency, t he actual Acceleration/Decelera tion time                                         Fig 6-2 Rel ationship bet ween environment and Carrier frequency
are equal to the set Accelera ti on/Deceleration time.
   When the set freque ncy is less than the maxi mum frequency, the actual Acceleration/Deceleration time                        Relationship bet ween Model and Carrier frequency
are less than t he set Accele rat ion/ Deceleration time.
                                                                                                                                           Carrier frequency      Max carrier       Min carrier         Factory
   Ac tual Acceleration /De cel era ti on t ime = set Accel eration/Deceleration t ime× (set frequency/max.
                                                                                                                                                                  frequency         frequency           set ting
freque ncy)                                                                                                                          Model                           (KHz)            (KHz)              (KHz)
   DZB200&300 ser ies inverter has 2 groups of Accel eration/Decelerat ion time.
                                                                                                                                     B:0 . 4 k W~1 1 K W
1st group: F0.08, F0.09;                                                                                                                                               15                 1                8
                                                                                                                                     P:0 . 7 5 kW~1 5 KW
2nd group: F4.00, F4.01;
The Accel eration /Deceleration time can be chosen through mult ifunction di git al i nput termina l (F2 Group).                     B:1 5 k W~55 K W
                                                                                                                                                                        8                 1                4
                                                                                                                                     P:1 8 . 5 kW~7 5 KW
Function                                                      Setting Range                         Default
 Code                   Name                                                                        Value
                                                                                                                                     B:7 5 k W~30 0 K W
                                                      0 :Operating at default direction                                                                                 6                 1                2
              Operation direction
                                                                                                                                     P:9 0 k W~31 5 K W
  F0.10                                               1 :Operating at reverse direction                 2
              selection
                                                      2 :NO inv erse operating                                                      This function is mainly used t o i mprove the motor operating noise and invert er int erference to external .
                                                                                                                                    The a dvantages of using high carrier frequency: relatively ideal current wave shape, less harmonic
0: Operating at default direction. When the inverter is power connected, it operates at the actual direction.
                                                                                                                                 current wave and low motor noise;
1: Operating at reverse di recti on. By means of changing the function code, the motor rota ti ng di rec ti on can
                                                                                                                                    The disadvantages of using high carrier frequency: increased switch loss and inverter temperature rises,
be changed wi thout changing any other parameters, whi ch is equiva lent to change the motor rotat ing
                                                                                                                                 affecting invert er output capacit y so that it should be operated at derating under hi gh carri er frequency
direct ion by exchanging any two of mot or cabl es (U, V, W).
                                                                                                                                 conditions; in the me an time, inverter leakage current and it s electromagnetic interference to external are
   Note: After the parameters are initialized, the mot or operati ng direction can be restored t o be it s
                                                                                                                                 i ncreased.
original state. Be caution t o u se it in th e case that chan gin g motor rotating direction i s forbidden after
                                                                                                                                    The situations of usi ng l ow carrier frequency is on the contrary. Too low carrier frequency can cause
the system commissioning is completed.
                                                                                                                                 operation unstable, t orque reduced a nd even oscillation at low frequency.
2: Forbid i nverse operating. Forbidding inverter inverse operation is suitable to specific applicat ion that
                                                                                                                                    When inverter is fact ory rele ased, its carrier frequenc y has been set properly. Generally the user does
inverse operat ing is forbidden.
                                                                                                                                 not need to modify t his parameter.




                                                           - 37-                                                                                                                     -3 8 -
DZB Series                                                                    Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription          DZB Series                                                                  Chapter 6 Parameter Description



Function                                                                                     Default                      starting frequency, inverter does not ope rat e and is at stand-by st ate. The st art ing frequency value is not
                         Name                             Setting Range
 Code                                                                                        Value                        restricted by the lower limit frequency.
                                                0 :NO operation
                                                                                                                             During FWD/REV swi tching, the starti ng frequency is inactive.
            Functi onal parameters
  F0.12                                         1 :Restore default value                         0
            restoration                                                                                                   Functio n                                                                                   Default
                                                                                                                                                    Name                           Setting Range
                                               2:Del ete failure records                                                   Cod e                                                                                       Value
                                                                                                                                       Braking current
                                                                                                                            F0.17      before starting                    0.0~15 0.0%                                  0.0 %
1: The inve rter restores all paramet ers to the ir default value.
                                                                                                                                       Braking time
2: The inve rter dele tes recent failure records.                                                                           F0.18      before starting                    0.0~50 .0s                                   0.0s
   After t he chosen function operation is completed, this function code i s automat ical ly restored to 0.
                                                                                                                             When it is being started, t he inverter first performs DC braking according to the set pri or-to-starting
Function                                                  Setting Range                      Default                      DC braking current, and after the set pri or-to-starti ng DC braking time is passed t hen begins to perf orm
 Code                    Name                                                                Value
                                                                                                                          acceleration. If the se t DC braking time is 0, DC braki ng is invalid.
                                               0:Invalid
                                                                                                                             The bi gger the DC braking curre nt, the greater the braking force . The prior-to-starting DC braking
  F0.13     AVR selection                      1:Val id all the ti me                            1                        current is t he perce ntage of the rated inverter current.
                                               2:Invalid during deceler ation
                                                                                                                          Functio n                                                Setting Range                      Default
                                                                                                                           Cod e                    Name                                                               Value
   AVR means output vol tage auto regul at ion. When AVR i s invalid, out put voltage will change accordi ng                                                              0: DECEL Stop
                                                                                                                            F0.19      Stop Mode                                                                         0
to the change of i nput volt age (or DC bus voltage); When AVR is val id,output voltage wi ll remai n const ant                                                           1: Fre e run Stop
wi thi n output capaci ty.
                                                                                                                          0: Deceleration stop
Function                                                                                     Default                         After the st op command is enabled, the inverter decreases the output frequency ac cording t o t he
                         Name                             Setting Range
 Code                                                                                        Value
                                                                                                                          Deceleration mode and t he defi ned Acceleration /Decel era ti on time , and the motor is stopped when the
                                                 0 :Direct start
                                                                                                                          frequency is 0.
                                                 1 :DC brakin g first an d then start                                     1: Free-run stop
  F0.14      Start Mode                                                                          0
                                                 2 :Running speed pick-up and                                                Once the stop command is val id, the inverter immediately ends the output. The l oading i s fre ely
                                                    then sta rt                                                           stopped by its mechani cal inerti a.

0: Direct start: start from the starting frequenc y.                                                                      Functio n                                                Setting Range                      Default
                                                                                                                           Cod e                    Name                                                               Value
1: DC braking first and then start: First perform DC braking (pay at tention t o set up parameters F 0.17 and                          Beginning Fr equen cy of
                                                                                                                            F0.20      braking                            0.0 0~ 99.99Hz                              0.00Hz
F0.18 ), and then st art a nd run the motor at the start frequency. It is suit able for small inerti a loa ding which
can cause reverse rotation at starting.                                                                                     F0.2 1     Waiting time of braking            0.0~50 .0s                                   0.0s
2: Running speed pick-up and then st art: the i nvert er fi rst calcul ates mot or rotating speed and directi on,
                                                                                                                            F0.22      DC braking current                 0.0~15 0.0%                                  0.0 %
and then start running to it s set frequency from current spe ed, performing a smoot h no-shock start to
                                                                                                                            F0.2 3     DC braking time                    0.0~50 .0s                                   0.0s
moving motor. This mode i s applicabl e to momentary powe r-down start when the i nert ia loading is big.
                                                                                                                             Beginning frequency of DC brake when stopping.During the Decel era ti on stop, when this frequency
Function                                                  Setting Range                      Default                      is reached, the DC brake is started.
 Code                   Name                                                                  Value
  F0.15      Start frequency                     0.5~ 99.99Hz                                0.50Hz                          Waiting t ime of DC brake when stopping: Prior to the DC brake, the invert er blocks the output, and
                                                                                                                          after this delay ti me, t he DC braking is st arted. It is used to preve nt over-current fault caused by DC
             Hold time of start
  F0.16      frequency                           0.0~ 50.0s                                    0.0s                       braking at hi gh speed.
                                                                                                                             DC brake current whe n stopping: indicates the applied DC brake energy. The bigger the current, the
   Setting proper starting frequency can i ncrease the st art ing torque. Within the hold t ime of the start ing          stronger the DC brake energy should be.
frequency (F0.16), the inverter output frequency is the start ing frequency, and then,from the starting                      DC brake time whe n stopping: the durative time t hat the DC brake energy is appli ed. If the time is 0,
frequency, running to the target frequency. If the ta rget frequency (frequency command) is less than the                 DC brake is i nvalid, and the i nvert er stops the motor based on the set Deceleration time.



                                                       - 39-                                                                                                                    -4 0 -
DZB Series                                                                         Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription           DZB Series                                                                Chapter 6 Parameter Description



                                                                                                                               0: Terminal command inval id when power on. Inverte r will not run i f it detect operating command terminal
                           O u tp u t F r e q u e n c y f
                                                                                                                               i s valid. When t he operating command terminal is inval id and enable this ter minal again, inverter wi ll run.
                                                                                                                               1: Terminal command valid when power on. Inverter will startup aut omatically after initializat ion is
                                                                                                                               finished if i t det ect operation command terminal is vali d.
                                                                                                                                  Note: Customer shou ld be careful when you select this fu nction, it may cause severe consequence.
                                                                                                T im e t
                           O u tp u t
                           V o lt a g e


                                                                                                                              F1 Motor Parameters

                                DCBrake                                         D C B ra k e                                    Functio n                                               Setting Range                   Default
                                                                                                T im e t                         Cod e                 Name                                                              Value
                                w h en                                          w h en
                                s ta r t in g                                   s to p p in g
                                                                                                                                 F1.00      Reserved
                                            F ig. 6-3 DC Brake Diagram                                                                                                                                                   Set by
                                                                                                                                 F1.0 1     Motor rated power                  0.4~55 .0kW                               model
Function                                                                                          Default
 Code                   Name                                  Setting Range
                                                                                                  Value                          F1.02      Motor rated frequency              0.0 1Hz~F0 .04                           50.00Hz
               Dead time between                                                                                                 F1.0 3     Motor rated speed                  0~ 9999rpm                                Set by
  F0.24                                             0.0 ~360.0s                                     0.0s                                                                                                                 model
               forward and reverse                                                                                                                                                                                       Set by
                                                                                                                                 F1.04      Motor rated voltage                0~ 460V                                   model
   It is to set the transient ti me during which the output frequency i s 0 in the FWD/REV transient process                     F1.05      Motor rated current                0.1~10 0.0A                               Set by
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         model
of inverter.                                                                                                                                                                                                             Set by
                                                                                                                                 F1.06      Motor stator resistance            0.0 01~9.999Ω
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         model
   It is shown as following figure:                                                                                                                                                                                      S et by
                                                                                                                                 F1.07      Motor rotor resistance             0.0 01~99.99Ω
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         model
                 Output
                                                                                                                                            Motor stator/rotor                                                           S et by
                 Fre quency f                                                                                                    F1.08                                         0.1~99 9.9mH
                                                                                                                                            inductance                                                                   model
                                                                                                                                            Mutual inductance o f                                                        S et by
                                                                                                                                 F1.09                                         0.1~99 9.9mH
                                                                                                                                            motor stator/rotor                                                           model
                                           F orwar d                                                                                                                                                                     S et by
                                                                                                                                 F1.10      No-l oad current                   0.0 1~9 9.99A
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         model
                                                                                                                                                                             0 :NO operation
                                                                                                                                            Self-learning of
                                                                                                Time t                           F1.11                                       1 :comp lete tuning Self-learning              0
                                                                                                                                            motor parameters
                                                                                                                                                                             2 :static tuning Self-learning
                                                                          Re ver se
                                                                                                                                            Speed loop propor tional
                                                                                                                                 F1.12
                                                                                                                                            ga in1                             0~ 100                                      30

                                                             Dea d Time                                                          F1.1 3     Speed loop integral ti me1         0.0 1~1 0.00s                             0.50s
                                                                                                                                            Switching low
                                                                                                                                 F1.14      po int frequency                   0.0 0Hz~F1 .1 7                          5.00Hz
                                 Fig. 6-4 FWD/REV Dead Time Diagram
Function                                                                                          Default                                   Speed loop propor tional
 Code                   Name                                  Setting Range
                                                                                                  Value                          F1.15      ga in 2                            0~ 100                                      25
                                                    0 :Terminal command invalid
               Terminal command                                                                                                             Speed loop integral
                                                       wh en power on                                                            F1.16                                         0.0 1~1 0.00s                             1.00s
  F0.25        prote ction when                                                                       0                                     time 2
               power on                             1 :Terminal command valid when
                                                                                                                                            Switching high
                                                       power on                                                                  F1.17      po int frequency                   F1.14~99.99 Hz                           10.00Hz

   If operating command channel is set to terminal control, system wi ll detect t ermi nal status                                           VC sl ip compensating
                                                                                                                                 F1.18                                         50 %~2 00%                                100%
aut omatica ll y duri ng inverter power on.                                                                                                 factor




                                                            - 41-                                                                                                                   -4 2 -
DZB Series                                                                     Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription          DZB Series                                                                       Chapter 6 Parameter Description



Function                                                                               Default                                                          Output Volta ge (V)
                        Nam e                             Setting Range
 Code                                                                                   Value
  F1.19     Up per torque limit setting        0.0~ 20 0.0%(inverter r ate d c urrent) 150.0%                                                                 Vb

The setting 100.0% is c orresponding to the rat ed output current.

Function                                                  Setting Range                      Default
 Code                   Name                                                                 Value
                                               0:Linear V/F curve                                                                                        V b o ost
  F1.20     V/F curve setting                                                                    0
                                               1:square torque V/F cur ve
                                                                                                                                                                                      f cu t -of f      fOutput F requenc y f
                                                                                                                                                                                                         b
0: Linear V/F curve. It is applicable to constant torque l oad.
1: 2.0 exponential V/F curve. It is applicable to variable torque l oad, such as blower, pump etc.                                                                   Fig. 6-7 Manual torque boost di agram

                                                                                                                            Functio n                                                       Setting Range                 Default
                       Output Voltage (V)                                                                                    Cod e                 Name                                                                    Value
                                                                                                                             F1.2 3     V/F slip compensation limit 0.0~200.0%                                             100%
                 Vb

                                                                                                                              Set ti ng this parameter can compensate t he motor speed change produced because of undert aki ng
                          Linear V/F curve                                                                                 l oading whi le on V/F control, to increase the rigi dit y of motor mecha nical performance. This value
                                                                                                                           should be set as the motor rated slip frequency.

                                          2.0 exponential
                                          V/F c urve                                                                        Functio n                                                       Setting Range                 Default
                                                                                                                             Cod e                 Name                                                                    Value
                                                                                                                                                                              0:No Operation
                                                                                                                                        Energy Conservation
                                1/3 fb                        fb            Out put Frequency f                              F1.24                                                                                              0
                                                                                                                                        Selection                             1:Energy Conservation
                                           Fig. 6-6 V/F curvedi agram
                                                                                                                              When the mot or is running in no-load or lower-load during,the inverter can adjust output voltage
Function                                                                                     Default                       by automatically c urrent kf the load。
                        Nam e                             Setting Range
 Code                                                                                        Value                            Note:This function is especi ally valid for variable torque load (such as fan and pump).
  F1.2 1    Torque boost                       0.0 %:( auto)       0.1%~30.0%                    0
                                               0.0%~50.0% (relative to motor
  F1.22     Torque boost cut-off                                                              20.0%
                                               rated frequency)

   Torque Boost is mainly applied to less than cut-off frequency (F1.22). The V/F curve after boost i s                   F2 Input and Output Terminal Function Paramete rs
shown in following figure . Torque booth can improve the l ow frequency torque performance of V/F control .
   Ba sed on the load, a torque should be chosen properly. For heavy load, increase the torque boost , but                  Functio n                                                                                     Default
                                                                                                                                                   Name                                     Setting Range
                                                                                                                             Cod e                                                                                         Value
the torque boost should not be set too big, which wil l result in the motor operating at overexcitation and
                                                                                                                             F2.00      On- off signa l filter times          1 ~10                                             5
tha t it could be ove rheated, and also t he inverter out put current is big, reduci ng efficiency.
   When the torque boost is set as 0.0%, the i nvert er is at automatic torque boost.
                                                                                                                              It sets up S1-S6, VI and CI terminals sampl e filt eri ng t ime. In big inter ference situati on, this parameter
   Torque boost cut-off f requency: below thi s fre quency, torque boost is valid, and above t his frequency
                                                                                                                           should be inc reased i n orde r to prevent mal operation.
setting, torque boost is invalid.




                                                      - 43-                                                                                                                           -4 4 -
DZB Series                                                                 Chapter 6 Parameter Description        DZB Series                                                           Cha pter 6 Parameter Descr iption



Functio n                                                      Setting Range                Default
 Cod e                   Name                                                                                                                            When the freque ncy is set by external te rmina l, modify the
                                                                                             Value
                                                                                                                             Frequency                   frequency up and down command. When the frequency
  F2. 01    S1 Terminal Function Se lection               0~25                                  1                    9       up setting                  source is set as digital setting, the set frequency can be
  F2.02     S2 Terminal Function Se lection               0~25                                  2                                                        regulated up and down.
                                                                                                                                                                                        K1
                                                                                                                                                                                               UP te rminal
  F2.03     S3 Terminal Function Se lection               0~25                                  4                                                                                                 DZB200
                                                                                                                                                                                        K2
                                                                                                                             Frequency                                                         DOWN
  F2.04     S4 Terminal Function Se lection               0~25                                  7                    10      down setting                                                      termina l
                                                                                                                                                                                        K3
                                                                                                                                                                                               UP/DOWN
  F2.05     S5 Terminal Function Se lection               0~25                                 12                                                                                              cle ar

                                                                                                                                                                                               DCM
  F2.06     S6 Terminal Function Se lection               0~25                                 13                                                                                              ter minal
                                                                                                                             Frequency
                                                                                                                             up/down                     Using terminal can clear UP/DOWN set frequency so that set
                                                                                                                     11
These par amete rs are used to set up the corresponding functions of digital multifunction input terminal s.                 setting clear               frequency can be restored the frequency setting given by
                                                                                                                                                         frequency command channe l.
 sett ing
  value             Function                                    D esc ription                                        12      Multi-speed term inal 1     8 stages speed can be set up via these 3 terminals digital
                                           Even if there is a signal input, the inverter does not run.                                                   state combination.
                                                                                                                     13      Multi-speed term inal 2
    0                                      Terminals which are not used can be set to be no function in                                                  Note : multi-speed 1 is the low position, and multi- speed 3 is
              No Function
                                           order to prevent ma lfuncti on                                            14      Multi-speed term inal 3     the high p osition.

    1         Forward                      The inverter ’s forward or reverse running can be control by                                                  2 kinds of ACCE /DECE time can be chosen via these two
                                           external terminals.                                                                                           terminals digital state combination.
    2         Reverse
                                                                                                                             ACCE/DECE time              Terminal ACC/DEC tim e selection                     Parameter
                                           By means of this terminal t he inverter’ s operation mode can be          15
                                                                                                                             select ion terminal
              t hree-wire operation
              control                      defined to be t hree-wire control mode. For detai ls, please refer                                               O FF         ACCE time 1                   F0.08、F0.09
    3
                                           to the funct ion code description of F2.07 three-wire control
                                                                                                                                                             ON          ACCE time 2                       F4. 00 、F4.01
                                           mode.

    4         Forward Jogging              At Jogging ope rat ion, the frequency and Jogging                                                             PID is temporarily out of work, and the inverter keeps its
                                                                                                                     16      PID control pause
                                           Acceleration/Decelera tion time can be found in detail                                                        current fre quency output.
    5         Reverse Jogging              descri pti ons of F4.02,F4.03 and F4.04 function codes.                                                       The inverter pau ses at its current output frequency. After this
                                                                                                                     17      Traverse pause              function is cancelled, continue to start its traverse o peration at
                                           The inverter turns off output, and the motor stop pr ocess is not                                             its current frequency.
                                           controlled by the i nvert er. It i s oft en applied when the i nert ia
    6         Free-run stop                                                                                          18      Traverse re set             The inverter is back to its center frequency output.
                                           loading is big and there is no requireme nt on stop time. This
                                           mode has the same definiti on as F0.19 does.                                      Acceleration/               Ensure the inverter is not interfered by external signals
                                                                                                                     19      Deceleration                (excluding stop command), maintaining its current output
                                           This is external failure reset. It ha s the same function as                      forbid                      frequency.
    7         Failure reset                STOP button on the keyboard. Using this functi on can                     20      Reser ved                   Reserved
                                           perform long-distance failure reset.
                                                                                                                     21      External accel terminal     When the key-press valid,it is automated to t urn to display
                                           When ext ernal faul t signal is input, the inverter reports it and                                            motor speed.
    8         Ext ernal faul t input                                                                                 22      External decel terminal     Accel/De cel adjust invalid when at stop status.
                                           stops.
                                                                                                                     23      Setting delay tim e(up)     When the key-press valid,it is automated to t urn to display
                                                                                                                                                         time setti ng.
                                                                                                                     24      Setting delay tim e(down)   F3.18 sets to 0,terminal adjust invalid.

                                                                                                                     25      Programme running invalid
                                                                                                                                                         When the key va lid, we can set programme running mode.
                                                                                                                     26      Programme running reset




                                                   -45-                                                                                                          -4 6-
DZB Series                                                                 Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription         DZB Series                                                                  Chapter 6 Parameter Description



 Function                                               Setting Range                      Default
  Code                  Name                                                                Value                     2: Three- wire control 1, integrate Enable with di rection. At this mode, EN is the Enable terminal with the
                                               0:two-wire control 1                                                   direction controlled by the defined FWD. REV defi ne the direction.

              Ter minal control                1:two-wire control 2
   F2.0 7                                                                                      0                                                SW1
              mode                             2:three-wire control 1                                                                                        Sx(FWD)

                                               3:three-wire control 2
                                                                                                                                                SW2                                   K      Operation
                                                                                                                                                             Sx(EN)                          Command
                                                                                                                                                                    DZB             OFF          FWD
   This paramet er defines four di fferent control modes which controls the inverter operat ion through
                                                                                                                                                   K                Series
external terminals.                                                                                                                                          Sx(REV)                 ON          R EV
0: Two-wire t ype control, integrat e Enabl e wit h di rection. Thi s mode is the most often used two-wire
control mode. The motor forward and reverse ope rations are determi ned by the defined FWD and REV
                                                                                                                                                             DCM
t erminal command.

                        K1                                                    Operation                                                                 Fig. 6-10 Three-wire operation mode 1
                                  Sx(FWD)                   K1        K2      Comm and
                                          DZB                                                                                            K:FWD/REV switch          SW1:RUN butt on         SW2:STOP but ton
                                                           OFF       OFF         STOP
                        K2                Series                                                                        EN i s defini ng t he corresponding t erminal function as Funct ion 3 “Three-wire operation cont rol”.
                                  Sx(REV)                   ON       OFF         FWD

                                                           OFF        ON          REV                                 3: Three-wire control, se parate Enabl e from direction. At this mode EN is the Enable terminal, SW1 or
                                  DCM                                                                                 S W2 define operati ng c ommand and control direct ion at the same time. Stop command is defined by SW2.
                                                            ON        ON         STOP

                                    Fig. 6-8 Two-wire operation mode 1                                                                                         SW1
                                                                                                                                                                          Sx(FWD)
1: Two-wire c ontrol , separate Enable from direction. When this mode i s used, the defined F WD is enable
t erminal. The direction is determined by the defined REV state.                                                                                               SW2
                                                                                                                                                                          Sx(EN)
                        K1                                                    Operation                                                                                           DZB
                                                            K1        K2      Comm and
                                  Sx( FWD)                                                                                                                     SW3                Series
                                         DZB               OFF       OFF         STOP                                                                                     Sx(REV)
                        K2               Series
                                  Sx(REV)                   ON       OFF         FWD
                                                                                                                                                                          DCM
                                                           OFF        ON         STOP
                                  DCM                       ON        ON          REV
                                                                                                                                                       F ig. 6-11 Three-wire operat ion mode 2

                                    Fig. 6-9 Two-wire operation mode 2                                                         SW1:F WD operati ng but ton         SW2: STOP button        SW3: REV operating but ton
                                                                                                                        EN i s defining the corresponding terminal function as F unction 3 “Three-wire operat ion cont rol”.

                                                                                                                         N ote: For two-wire operation mode, when FWD/REV t erminal is enabled and th e stop comman d
                                                                                                                      produced by other sources stops t he equipment, the inverter does not start to operate after the stop
                                                                                                                      comman d disappears even if the con trol terminal FWD /REV is still valid. If the i nv erter needs to
                                                                                                                      operate, it is required to trigger FWD/REV again.




                                                   - 47-                                                                                                                 -4 8 -
DZB Series                                                                  Chapter 6 Para meter Description           DZB Series                                                                     Chapter 6 Param eter Descri ption



   Functio n                                                                                  Default                Funct ion                                                 Setting Range                        Default
                          Name                             Setting Range                                              Code                    Name                                                                   Value
    Cod e                                                                                      Value
                UP/DOWN frequency                                                                                      F2.14      CI lower lim it                    0.0V~ 10.0V                                     0.0 V
     F2.08                                       0.01~ 99.99Hz/s                             0.50Hz/s
                increm ent variable rate
                                                                                                                                  CI lower lim it
                                                                                                                       F2.15      corre sponding setting             -100. 0%~100.0%                                 0.0%
   Terminal UP/DOWN regul at es t he change rate of frequenc y set ti ng.
                                                                                                                       F2.16      CIu pper limi t                    0.0V~ 10.0V                                    10.0V
                                                                                                                                  CI upper limit
  Function                                                 Sett ing Range                    Default                   F2.17                                          -100.0%~100.0%                                100.0%
   Code                   Name                                                               Value                                corresp onding setting
    F2.09       VI lowe r limit                  0.0V ~10.0V                                  0.0V                     F2.18      CI input filter ing time            0.0s~10.0s                                     0.1s
                VI lowe r limit
    F2.10       corre sponding setti ng          -100.0%~ 100.0%                               0.0%
                                                                                                                        CIfunction settings are similar to VI setting met hod.
    F2.11       VI upper limi t                  0.0V ~10.0V                                 10.0V                      DZB Series i nverter provides 2 paths of analog input port.

                VI upper lim it                                                                                         DZB Series i nverter standard uni t has two multifunction digi tal output terminal , one (or t wo)
    F2.12       corre sponding setti ng          -100.0%~ 100.0%                             100.0%
                                                                                                                     mult ifunc ti on relay output t ermi nals and one analog output termi nal.
    F2.13       VI input filtering tim e         0.0s~ 10.0s                                  0.1s
                                                                                                                     Function                 Nam e                                    Setting Range                Default
                                                                                                                      Code                                                                                           Value
                                                                                                                       F2.19       Mo1output sel ection                           0~10                                  1
  Above function code s define the relationship between analog i nput voltage and the setting value that
                                                                                                                       F2.20       Reserv ed
analog input is corresponding to. When the ana log input voltage exceeds the range of the set maximum or
minimum input, the beyond porti on should be c alculated with maxi mum input or minimum i nput.                        F2.21       Re lay output selection                        0~10                                  3
   When analog input is amperage input, 0mA-20mA is corresponding to 0V-10V.
                                                                                                                     Open c oll ector output functions are indicated as foll owi ng t able:
   For different applications, t he corresponding nominal value of analog sett ing 100.0% is different. For
details, please refer t o each application description.                                                              Setting                                                                  Description
                                                                                                                                        Function
                                                                                                                      Value
   Following figures shows several sett ings. Note: VI lower limit must be less or equal to VI upper limit.
                                                                                                                         0     Zero Output                   Output terminal has no function

                                  C ORRESPONDING SETTING                                                                 1     Frequency reaches             please refer to the detail description of function code F4.15
                                  f requency setting,torque,PID setting,PID feedback
                                                                                                                         2     FDT reaches                   please refer to the detail description of function code F4.13,F4.14
                    100.0%
                                                                                                                         3     Fault output                  Once inverter fault happens, output ON signal

                                                                                                                         4     Inverter is running forward ON signal Indicates the inverter is running forward with output frequency.

                         0V                                          10V C I                                             5     Inverter is running reverse   ON signal Indicates the inverter is running reverse with output frequency.
                    (0m A)                                           (20mA)                                                                                  When the inverter output frequency is less than the starting
                                                                                                                         6     Null speed operation
                                                                                                                                                             frequency, output ON signal
                                                                                                                               Upper limit frequency         When the operating frequency reaches the upper frequency limit,
                                                                                                                         7                                   output ON signal.
                                                                                                                               reaches
                  -100. 0%
                                                                                                                               Lower limit frequency         When the operating frequency reaches the lower frequency limit,
                                                                                                                         8                                   output ON signal.
                                                                                                                               reaches
                      F ig. 6-12 Relationship between analog input and setti ng value                                 9 ~10    Reserved                      Reserved
                                                                                                                               high pressure reaches
   VI input filteri ng t ime determines analog input sensi tiveness. Increasi ng t his parameter, i n order to          11                                   Pressure reaches at the F7.12 low pressure setting,NC output indication.
                                                                                                                               detection(NC)
prevent malfunct ion caused by interference to the a nalog, can strengthen the anti-interference ability,                      low pressure reaches
                                                                                                                        12                                   Pressure reaches at the F7.13 high pressure setting,NC output indication.
but reduce the analog input sensitiveness.                                                                                     detection(NC)
                                                                                                                               high pressure reaches
                                                                                                                        13                                   Pressure reaches at the F7.12 high pressure setting,NO output indication.
                                                                                                                               detection(NO)



                                                    -49-                                                                                                                   -5 0-
DZB Series                                                                   Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription         DZB Series                                                                  Chapter 6 Parameter Description




             low pressure reaches         Pressure reaches at the F7.13 low pressure setting,NO output indication                    10V(20mA)
   14        detection(NO)                signal.
   15        sleeping satus indicates     During sleeping status,output ON signal and display "EOPP"

   16        no water indicates           No water alarms,output ON signal and display "EOP2"
                                          When output frequency is bigger than the lowest output frequency,output
   17        no zero-speed running        ON signal.
                                          When the i nverter has output signal or running order input,
   18        running
                                          output ON signal.

Functio n                                                          Setting Range              Default
 Code                      Name
                                                                                               Value
  F2.22        FM Analog output selection                     0 ~10                               0
                                                                                                                                                 0                                                           output
                                                                                                                                                                                                   100%
   The sta ndard anal og out put is 0-20mA (or 0-10V). Current or voltage output can be selected
                                                                                                                               Figure 6-13 The coincidenc e rel ationship between assigned val ue and analog output
by Jumper S2 . Its corresponding value range is shown as following table:

 Sett ing Value                Function                                 Range
         0             Setting frequency               0-m aximum ou tput freque ncy                                      F3 Human Machine Interfac e Parameters
         1             Operating frequency             0-m aximum ou tput freque ncy
         2             Output current                  0-double rated inverter current                                    Functio n                                               Setting R ange                    Default
                                                                                                                           Cod e                 Name                                                                Value
         3             Output voltage                  0-double rated inverter voltage
                                                                                                                            F3.00      User passwor d                    0~9999                                        0
         4             M otor speed                    0-double rated mot or speed
         5             Output power                    0-double rated pow er
                                                                                                                             User password is applied to prevent non-authorized person to look and modify parame ter.Input a
         6             Output torque                   0-double rated mot or cur rent                                     nonzero five digit number as password, then press DATA/ENT to confirm, if there is no button operati on
         7             Analog VI input                 0~10V                                                              in one mi nute, password function becomes effective.
         8             Analog CI input                 0~10V/0~20mA                                                          After password becomes effective, customer can not a cce ss paramete r list if password input is
     9 ~10             Reserved                        Reserved                                                           incorrect. Please remember t he passw ord. If it is not necessary to set password, j ust set 0000 to clear
                                                                                                                          password.
Function                                                   Setting Range                     Default
 Code                     Nam e                                                              Value
                                                                                                                          Functio n                                               Setting R ange                    Default
  F2.23       AO L ower limit                     0.0%~100. 0%                                 0.0%                        Cod e                 Name                                                                Value
              Lo wer lim it corresponding                                                                                   F3.0 1     Re served
  F2.24       AO o utput                          0.0V~10.0V                                  0.0V
                                                                                                                            F3.02      Re served
  F2.25       AO U pper limit                     0.0%~100. 0%                               100.0%
              Upper lim it corresponding                                                                                  Functio n                                                                                 Default
  F2.26                                           0.0V~10.0V                                 10 .0V                                              Name                             Setting R ange
              AO o utput                                                                                                   Cod e                                                                                     Value
                                                                                                                                                                        0:Ke ypad control v alid
   Above funct ion codes define the rel ationship bet ween output val ue and analog output
corresponding out put value. When the output value exc eeds the maximum output or the                                                                                   1:Ke ypad and terminal control
                                                                                                                                                                        valid
mini mum output range, the beyond portion should be calculate d wit h maximum output or                                     F3.0 3     STOP functi on option                                                           0
                                                                                                                                                                        2:Ke ypad and co mmunication
mini mum output .
                                                                                                                                                                        control valid
When analog output i s current output, 1mA is equival ent t o 0.5V
                                                                                                                                                                        3:All control modes valid
For different applications, the a nalog output corresponding to 100% output value is
different. For details, please refer to the inst ruct ion of each applicat ion.
                                                                                                                          This function code is to define the STOP stop function validity options.
Follow ing figures explain several set ti ng c ircumst ances:



                                                        - 51-                                                                                                                 -5 2 -
DZB Series                                                                 Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription          DZB Series                                                                  Chapter 6 Parameter Description



Function                                                                                 Default                      Option: sett ing para meter=the sum total of displ ay code,for exa mple:
                        Nam e                         Setting Range
 Code                                                                                    Value                           require to display at operation st at us:Out put current,Running spe ed,Output power 4+16+32=52, then
                                            0 :external keyboar d preferential
                                                                                                                      setting F3.05to 52,its correspondi ng parameter ca n be viewed at operation through pressing button
                                            ENB
                                                                                                                      "DATA".
                                            1 :Local and external keyboard
                                            simult aneous displa y, on ly                                                This I/O termina l status is displayed in decimal system, S 1 (MO1) corresponding to the lowest digi t.
                                            external key-press is valid.                                              F or instance, input status displa ys 3 i s i ndicting that terminal S1 and S2 are closed and others a re open.
  F3.04      Keypad display option          2 :Local panel and external                      0                        For details, please see F3.17 and F3.18 description.
                                            keyboard simultaneou s di splay,
                                            only Local key-pre ss is valid.                                           Functio n                                                                                  Default
                                                                                                                                              Name                             Setting Range
                                            3 :Local and external keyboard                                             Cod e                                                                                      Value
                                            simultaneous display, and all                                               F3.08     I GBT modu le temperature          0~100.0℃
                                            key-presses are valid (both are
                                            OR logical relation)                                                        F3.09     Soft ware version
                                                                                                                                  Accumul ative operating
   This function i s to set up the logical relat ionship bet ween Local and external keyboard key-press.                F3.10                                        0~9999h                                         0
                                                                                                                                  t ime
Note: No. 3 function should be used cautiou sl y. Maloperation may cause seri ous consequ en ces.
                                                                                                                         These functi ons only can be viewed but ca n not be modifi ed.
Functio n                        N am e                            Sett ing Range         Default                        IGBT module temperature: i ndicates the temperature of t he inverter IGBT module.
 Cod e                                                                                     Value
                                                                                                                         Over-temperature protection value of different inverter may be different .
   F3.05     operation stat us display paramet er option        0-32767                     255
                                                                                                                         Software version: software version number.
   F3.06     Stop status display parameter option               0-2048                      255                          Inverter accumulative operating time: displays current i nverter accumulative ope rat ion ti me.
   F3.07     operation stat us display p r eferential option 0-14(0:invalid)                  0
                                                                                                                      Function                                                         Setting Range              Default
                                                                                                                                               Name                                                               Value
                                                                                                                       Code
operati on status display                              Stop status display
                                                                                                                        F3.11     The fault before previous fault type
    Displ ayed Message             Code                    Displ ayed Message               Code
                                                                                                                        F3.12     Previous fault type
 0:Setting f requency                1                  Setting frequency                      1
                                                                                                                        F3.13     Curr ent fault type
 1:Running frequency                 2                  DC bus voltage                        2
 2:Output current                    4                  I nput t ermi nal stat us             4                          Record three recent fa ult t ypes: 0 is no fault; 1~22 i s 22 different kinds of fault. For details,please see

 3:Output voltage                                       Output t erminal stat us                                      fault analysis.
                                     8                                                         8
 4:Running speed                    16                  PID setpoint                          16
 5:Act ual delay time               32                  PID feedback                          32
 6:Setting delay time               64                  VI value                              64
 7 :DC b us volt ag e               128                 CI value                             128
 8:PI D setpoint                    256                 Current segm ent of
                                                        m ulti-spe ed co ntrol               256
 9:PI D f eedback                   512
                                                        Actual delay time                    512
 10:Input term inal stat us        1024
                                                         Setting delay t ime                1024
 11:Output terminal status         2048

 12:VI value                       4096

 13:CI value                       8192
 14:Current segment of
    m ulti-speed c ontrol         16384




                                                  - 53 -                                                                                                                   -5 4-
DZB Series                                                                Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription          DZB Series                                                                    Chapter 6 Parameter Description



Function                                                 D escription                   Default                      Functio n                                                  Setting Range                     Default
 Code                   Nam e                                                           Value                         Cod e                    Name                                                                Value
           Operating frequen cy at            The output frequency when current                                        F4.02        Jogging frequency                  0.00~F0.04                                 5.00Hz
 F3.14
           current fault                      fault happens                             0.00Hz
                                                                                                                       F4.0 3       Jogging ACCEL time                 0.1~360.0s                                  10.0s
           Outp ut amperage at                The output amperage when current
  F3.15                                       fault happens                               0.0A                         F4.04        Jogging DECEL time                 0.1~360.0s                                  10.0s
           current fault
                                              The bus voltage when current fault
 F3.16     Bus voltage at current fault                                                   0.0V                           It is to define t he inverter set frequenc y and Acceleration/Deceleration time at Jogging operation.
                                              happens
                                                                                                                     Jogging operation i s performed by direct start mode and deceleration stop mode.
                                                                                                                         The Jogging Acce leration ti me is the ti me required for invert er to accelerate from 0Hz to the maximum
Function                                                                                Default                      output frequency (F0.04).
                        Nam e                            Setting Range
 Code                                                                                   Value
                                                                                                                         The Jogging Decelera ti on time i s the t ime re quire d for inverter to decelerate from the ma ximum output
 F3.17     Setting delay time(u p)                   0~9999                               0.0V                       frequency (F0.04) to 0Hz.

                                                                                                                     Functio n                                                  Setting Range                     Default
                                                    0~3                                                               Cod e                    Name                                                                Value
 F3.18     Setting unit of delay time                                                     0.0V
                                               (0:function of delay time invalid)
                                                                                                                       F4.05        Ski p frequency                    0.00~F0.04                                 0.00Hz
                                                                                                                       F4.06        Ski p frequency r ange             0.00~F0.04                                 0.00Hz
We also can use set external terminal fun ction to set delay time of F3.17 .
Setting uni t o f d elay ti me 0 :delay ti me function invalid                                                           When the set frequenc y is within t he ski p frequenc y range, the actual operati ng frequency will be
                               1:t he unit of delay tim e is 0. 1s
                                                                                                                     operated near the boundary of skip frequency range.
                               2:t he unit of delay tim e 1 s
                               3 :the unit of delay t ime 1min                                                           By means of setti ng skip frequency, the i nverter can keep away from the mechanical resonance point
                                                                                                                     of the load.
                                                                                                                         This i nverter has one skip frequency poi nt ava il able. If t hese two skip frequencies are bot h set to 0,
F4 Application Func tion Parameters
                                                                                                                     t his function will be i nact ive .

Function                                                 Setting Range                  Default                                      Sett ing f requency
 Code                   Nam e                                                           Value
  F4.00      ACCEL Time 2                      0.1 ~360.0s                               10.0s

  F4.0 1     DECEL Time 2                      0.1 ~360.0s                               10.0s                                                                                             1 /2 Skip frequency range
                                                                                                                                         Skip frequency
                                                                                                                                                                                           1 /2 Skip frequency range
   Ac celerati on/Deceleration time can be chosen to be F0.08, F0.09 or above three time settings. Their
meanings are all t he same; pl ease refer to F0.08 and F0.09 related description.
   The Acceleration/Decelerat ion time 0-1 at inverter operation can be chosen t hrough di fferent
combination of multifunction digit al i nput termina ls.

                                                                                                                                                           Fig. 6-14 Skip frequency schematic diagram

                                                                                                                     Functio n                                                  Setting Range                     Default
                                                                                                                      Cod e                    Name                                                                Value
                                                                                                                                                                       0.0~100.0%
                                                                                                                       F4.07        Traverse frequen cy range                                                      0.0 %
                                                                                                                                                                       (relative to se t freq uency)
                                                                                                                                                                       0.0~50.0%(r elative to traverse
                                                                                                                       F4.08        Kick frequency range                                                           0.0 %
                                                                                                                                                                       frequency range)
                                                                                                                                    Traverse frequen cy up
                                                                                                                       F4.09                                           0.1~360.0s                                   5.0s
                                                                                                                                    time
                                                                                                                                    Traverse frequen cy down
                                                                                                                       F4.10                                           0.1~360.0s                                   5.0s
                                                                                                                                    time



                                                     - 55-                                                                                                                   -5 6 -
DZB Series                                                                                      Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription         DZB Series                                                                Chapter 6 Parameter Description



    Tra verse freque ncy functi on is suitable to industries such a s textile, fi ber and so on, and to applications
which require traversing and w indi ng functions.
                                                                                                                                                    Out put fr equen cy
    Tra verse freque ncy functi on means that the invert er output frequency i s traversi ng up and down around
the set frequency. The operating frequenc y l ocus with time axi s is shown as fol lowing diagram, in which                                                                                                                 FDT delay
the amplitude of t raverse is set by F4.07. When F4.07 is set to be 0, i.e. traverse range i s 0, the traverse                                      Se tting fr eque ncy
freque ncy function will be inactive.


Opera tio n Freque ncy

Upper Traverse F requency
                                                    Ki ck Frequency
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Time t

        Cent er F requency
                                                                                                                                                 Freque ncy detect ion
                                                                                                                                                 signal

Lower Traverse F requency

                             Accelerate on
                             Accelerati on Ti me   Tra ver se Frequ en cy     Tr averse F re que nc y
                                                   Fa ll Time                 Rising Tim e
                                                                                                             Decelerate on
                                                                                                             Deceleration Time   Time t

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Time t
                                      Fig. 6-15 Traverse Frequency Ope ration Di agram

    Tra verse freque ncy range: trave rse operat ion frequency limits by upper and lower limit frequency.                                                                           Fig.6-16 FDT Level Diagram
    Tra verse range relative to the cent er frequency: amplitude of tra verse AW = CF × AW range F4.07
                                                                                                                                             Functio n                                             Setting Range                     Default
    Kick frequency = ampl itude of trave rse AW × Kick Freque ncy Range F4.08. I.e. the kick frequency i s                                    Cod e                 Name                                                              Value
the value relative to ampl itude of traverse at traverse-frequency operat ion.                                                                            Frequency rea ching
                                                                                                                                               F4.15                                     0.0 ~100.0%(maxim um frequency)              0.0 %
    Tra verse freque ncy rising time: the time required to rise from the lowest traverse frequency to the                                                 detect ion range

highest traverse frequency.
                                                                                                                                                When the invert er output frequency reaches the set frequency val ue, this function can regulate i ts
    Tra verse freque ncy fall ti me: t he t ime required t o fall from the highest traverse frequency to the lowest                          detection range value, as shown by foll owing fi gure:
traverse fre quency.
                                                                                                                                                   Outpu t fre quency
Function                                                                      Setting Range                     Default
 Code                         Nam e                                                                             Value                                                                                                   Detection rang e(F4.15)
  F4.11          Fault auto-reset times                     0~3                                                      0                            Setting fre quen cy

                 Interval time setting of
  F4.12          automatic rese tting fa ult                0.1~ 100.0s                                            1.0s


    Fault auto-reset times: used to set the auto-reset ti mes when inverter chooses fault auto-reset. If this                                                                                                               Time t
val ue is exceeded, inverter will wait for trouble shooting.
    Interval t ime setting of fault auto-reset: chose the interval time between faul t occurring and a utomatic
resetting actuat ed                                                                                                                            Frequency detection
                                                                                                                                               signal
Function                                                                      Setting Range                     Default
 Code                         Nam e                                                                             Value
  F4.13        FDT l evel de tection value                  0.00~ F0.04                                        50.00H z

  F4.14        FDT d ela y detection va lue                 0.0~ 100.0%(FDT level)                                5.0%
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Time t
    Set output frequency detection value and the delay value of output action dismi ssed, as shown by
following f igure :                                                                                                                                                Fig.6-17 Frequency Reac hing Detecti on Range Diagram



                                                                            - 57-                                                                                                               -5 8 -
DZB Series                                                                   Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription          DZB Series                                                                   Chapter 6 Parameter Description



Function                                                                                   Default                          When frequency source is chosen to be PID, i.e. F0.03 is chosen to be 5, these group functions are a ctive.
                        Nam e                           Setting Range
 Code                                                                                      Value                        This par ameter is to determine the assi gnment channel of the process PID target value.
                                              115 .0~140.0%(standard DC bus
                                              voltage) 380 V                               130.0%                           The set target value of process PID i s a relative value , and the set 100% i s corresponding to the 100%
           Brake Threshold
  F4.16    Va lue Voltage                                                                                               fee dback signal of the system being controlled.
                                              115 .0~140.0%(standard DC bus                120.0%
                                              voltage) 220 V                                                                The system always pe rforms t he calcul at ion according to relative value (0-100%)
                                                                                                                            Note: If mult istage input, it can be accomplished by means of setting F4 grou p paramet ers.
    This funct ion is to set up the initiat ive bus voltage of dynami c braking, and properly regulat ing this
val ue can result in an effective brake to the load.                                                                    Functio n                                                Setting Range                      Default
                                                                                                                         Cod e                  Name                                                                 Value

Function                                                                                                                  F4.19     Preset PI D set point             0.0%~100.0%                                    0.0 %
                                                        Setting Range                      Default
 Code                   Nam e                                                              Value
                                              0.1~ 999.9%                                                                  When F4.08=0 is chosen, i .e. t he ta rget source i s the keyboard, it is required to set this parameter.
           Speed display                      Speed=120 ×running                                                           The reference val ue of this para meter is the system feedback value.
  F4.17                                                                                    100.0%
           ratio
                                              frequency× F4.17/po le num ber
                                                                                                                        Functio n                                                Setting Range                      Default
                                                                                                                         Cod e                  Name                                                                 Value
   Speed=120×running frequency×F4.17/pole number                                                                                                                      0:Reserved
   This funct ion is used to cali brat e speed display error, it has no impact on actual speed.
                                                                                                                                    PID Feedback                      1:AI Feedback
                                                                                                                          F4.20     Sources Option                                                                      0
   PID c ontrol is one method normally used to process control, holding the cont rol value to the target                                                              2:Reserved
val ue by the negative feedback syst em which regulate s the inverter output frequency by means of                                                                    3:Communication feedback
proportion, i ntegrat ion and differential operations on the difference bet ween the cont rol value feedback
signal and the target va lue signa l. It is applicable to the process control s such as flow control, pressure             The PID feedback channel i s chosen by t his parame ter.
cont rol and temperature control and so on. The control functi onal block diagram i s shown as fol lows:                   Important: The assignment channel and feedback channel can not be in coinci den ce, otherwise PID i s
                                                                                                                        unable to control effectively.

                                                                                                                        Functio n                                                Setting Range                      Default
                                                                                                                         Cod e                  Name                                                                 Value
     Give n Value                                                                                                                                                0:positi ve
                                    PI D Control                                                M          P                        PID Output C haract eristics
    (Percent age)                                                                                                         F4.2 1                                                                                        0
                                                                                                                                    Option                       1:neg ative
                        (Percenta ge )                   Output F

                                          Filt er                                                                          PID output i s positive charac teristic: when the feedback signal is bigger than t he PID given signal, it
                                                          Fe edba ck Value
                                             F                                                                          i s required for the invert er output frequency to decrease to count erba lance the PID, for i nstance, t he
                                                                                                                        winding t ension PID control .
                                                                                                                           PID output i s negati ve chara cteristic: whe n t he feedba ck signal is bigger t han the PID giver signal, it
                             Fig.6-18 Process PID Functi onal Block Diagram
                                                                                                                        i s required for the invert er output frequency to increase t o c ounterbalance the PID,for instance, the

Function                                                                                   Default                      unreeling tension PID control.
                        Nam e                           Setting Range
 Code                                                                                      Value
                                                                                                                        Functio n                                                                                   Default
                                             0:Given by Keyb oard( F4.19)                                                Cod e                  Name                             Setting Range
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Value
                                             1:Given by panel po tentiom ete r VI                                         F4.22     Proport ional gain (Kp)           0.00~99.99                                      1.00
           PID setpoint                      2:Given external ter mi nal AI                                               F4.2 3    I ntegral time (Ti)               0.01~10.00 s                                   0.10s
  F4.18                                                                                        0
           Sources Option
                                             3:Given by Rem ote                                                           F4.24     Differential time (Td)            0.00~10.00 s                                   0.00s
                                             Co mmunication
                                             4:Mu lti-seg setpoint




                                                     - 59-                                                                                                                   -6 0 -
DZB Series                                                                   Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription          DZB Series                                                                   Chapter 6 Parameter Description



    Proport ional gain (Kp): det ermi nes the adjusting st rength of PID adjust or. The bigger the P, the bigger         Functio n                                                                                  Default
                                                                                                                                                   Name                           Setting Range
the adjusting st rength is. This parameter being 100 means that when the difference between the PID                       Cod e                                                                                      Value

fee dback value and the assi gned value is 100%, the adj usti ng ra nge of PID adjustor t o the output frequency           F4.25     Sam pling cycle time ( T)          0.01~99.99 s                                  0.10s

command is the maxi mum frequency (ignore i ntegral acti on and derivative act ion).                                                 PID control
                                                                                                                           F4.26                                        0.0 ~100.0%                                   0.0 %
                                                                                                                                     discrepancy li mit
    Integrating ti me (Ti): determi nes t he speed at which PID adjustor performs integral regulat ion to the
discrepancy between the PID fe edback value and t he assigned val ue. The Ti is indicati ng the period of time               Sampling time (T): is the time to sample the feedback val ue. In each sampl ing peri od the controller
tha t integra l controll er (ignore proporti onal action and deri vative acti on), when the discrepancy between          runs one time. The l onger the sampling t ime, the slower t he responding.
the PID feedback value and the assigned va lue i s 100%, continuously regulates to make the regulating                       PID control discrepancy limit: t he allowa ble maximum discrepancy of PID system output value relative
amount t o reach the maxi mum frequency (F0.047). The shorter the i ntegrating time, the stronger the                    t o the cl osed-loop assigned val ue. As shown in following diagram, within the discrepancy li mit, PID
adj ust ing strength is.                                                                                                 controller stops adjustment. Properly set ting this function code can improve t he accuracy and st ability of
    Differenti al time (Td): det ermi nes the control ling st rength a t which PID adjust or performs adjustment         P ID syst em.
to the variance ratio of discrepancy between the PID fee dback value and the assi gned value . The Td is
indicating t he period of time w ithin whi ch if the feedback val ue is changed 100%, t he regul ating amount
of integral controller is the maximum frequency (F 0.04) (i gnore proportional a ction and integral action).
                                                                                                                                                                                                   Discre pancy Li mit
The longe r the Td, the bigger t he controlling strength is.PID is the most popul arly used cont rol mode in                                 Feedback
process control, with each part pl aying different rol e. Following simpl y introduces t he operational                                       Assign ed
                                                                                                                                              Value
principle and the controlling method:
    Proport ion cont rol (P): when there is discrepancy between feedback and the assignment,output t he
regul at ing amount in proporti on t o the discrepancy. If t he discrepancy is const ant,the regulating amount
keeps constant. Proport ion control can response qui ckl y t o the feedback va riati on, but only using                                                                                            Tim e t
proportion control is unabl e to perform noncorrespondi ng control . The bigger the proportional gain, the
faster the system regulating speed, but being too bi g ma y cause oscillation. The control met hod is first to                                 Output f
set a long int egrating t ime and a zero differenti al t ime , and then run the system only by using proportion
control. Change the assigned value, and watch the stable di screpancy (stea dy-stat e error) of feedback
signal and assigned value. If the ste ady-sta te error is at the varying directi on of assigne d value (for
instance, increase the assigned value, the feedback va lue after the system i s steady is always less t han the
                                                                                                                                                                                                   Tim e t
assigned value), continue to increase the proportional gai n, otherwi se decrease it.Repeat the above until
                                                                                                                                             F ig. 6-19 Coincidence rel ation of discrepancy limit and output frequency
the steady-state error is relatively small (it is very difficult to do no steady-sta te error).
    Integral t ime (I): when there is a di screpancy between the feedback and assignment ,conti nuously                  Functio n                                                Setting Range                     Default
                                                                                                                          Cod e                    Name                                                              Value
accumulate the output regulation amount. If the discrepancy still exists, continue to inc rease t he regulati on
                                                                                                                                     Feedback disconnectio n
amount until ther e is no di screpancy. Integral cont roller can effectivel y eliminate t he steady-state er ror.          F4.27                                         0.0~100.0%                                   0.0 %
                                                                                                                                     detect ing v alue
Int egral controller being too strong can cause repeated overshooti ng, system unst able and up till oscillating.
                                                                                                                                     Feedback disconnectio n
The characteristi c of oscillation caused by too strong integral action is t hat t he feedback si gnal is swingi ng        F4.28     detect ing t ime                    0.0~360.0s                                   1.0 s
up and down around the assigned value, and the amplitude of swing increases gradually til l the oscillation
happens. Normally the int egral time is adjust ed from big t o small, gradually regulate the integral time, and              Feedback disconnected detecting val ue: t his detecting value is relati ve to the full range (100%).

watch the effec t, until the system stable speed meet s re quirements.                                                   The syst em detects the P ID feedback value all the ti me. When the fe edback value is less or equal to the

    Differenti al time (D): when the di screpancy between feedback and assi gnment varies,output a regulati on           feedback di sconnect ed detect ing val ue, t he syst em starts to time the dete ction. When the detecti ng time

amount i n proportion to the varianc e rat io of discrepancy. The regul ation amount is related to t he direct ion       exceeds the feedbac k di sconnect ed detect ing time, the system will send an alert of feedba ck disconnecti ng
and magnitude of disc repancy varia ti on, but irrel evant to the direction and value of the discrepancy itsel f.        failur e (E02E) .
The differential contr ol action i s t o perform the control according to the varying trend when the feedback
signal variation happens, and thereby t o restra in the feedback signal variation. It should be cauti on to use
differenti al control ler as the differential control have a trend to magni fy the system i nter ference, especiall y
the high varyi ng frequency interference.



                                                      - 61-                                                                                                                    -6 2 -
DZB Series                                                                   Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription          DZB Series                                                                  Chapter 6 Parameter Description



Function                                                                                   Default                     Relationship bet ween multi -speed and S 1、S2、 S3terminals
                      Nam e                           Setting Range
 Code                                                                                      Value
 F4.29     Multi-Spe ed 0                    -100.0~100.0%                                     0.0%                         S1             S2               S3          Current seg me nt o f mu lti-sp eed con trol
                                                                                                                           OFF             OFF             OFF                         Multi-Speed 0
 F4.30     Multi-Spe ed 1                    -100.0~100.0%                                     0.0%
                                                                                                                            ON             OFF             OFF                         Multi-Speed 1
 F4.3 1      Multi-Speed 2                   -100.0~100.0%                                     0.0%
                                                                                                                           OFF             ON              OFF                         Multi-Speed 2
 F4.32       Multi-Speed 3                   -100.0~100.0%                                     0.0%                         ON             ON              OFF                         Multi-Speed 3
 F4.33       Multi-Speed 4                   -100.0~100.0 %                                    0.0%                        OFF             OFF              ON                         Multi-Speed 4

 F4.34       Multi-Speed 5                   -100.0~100.0 %                                    0.0%                         ON             OFF              ON                         Multi-Speed 5
                                                                                                                           OFF             ON               ON                         Multi-Speed 6
 F4.35       Multi-Speed 6                   -100.0~100.0 %                                    0.0%
                                                                                                                            ON              ON              ON                         Multi-Speed 7
 F4.36       Multi-Speed 7                   -100.0~100.0 %                                    0.0%


   Note: The mul ti-speed symbol defines t he operat ion direction. If it is n egative , the operation direction
is reverse. Frequency setting 100.0% is corresponding to maximu m frequency(F0.04).
                                                                                                                       F5 Protection Parameters
    Output
                                                                                                                       Functio n                                               Setting Range                      Default
    fre quency                                                                                                          Cod e                 Name                                                                 Value
                                    1
                                                                                      6
                                                                                                                                                                      0:No protection
                          0                  2                                                                                      Motor Overl oad
                                                                             5                  7                        F5.00      Protection Option                 1:normal motor                                  1

                                                                                                       t
                                                                                                                                                                      2:Variable Frequency motor


                                                                    4                                                  0: no protect ion. There is no mot or overloading prot ection characteristic (caution to use),and t hereby the
                                                           3
                                                                                                                       i nverter has no protection to the overloaded motor.
                                                                                                                       1: norma l motor (with low speed com pensati on). As general motor has a poor hea t emission at low speed,
                                  ON                  ON                ON                 ON          t               t he relevant electronic thermal protecti on should be regulat ed properly.The low speed compensat ion
             S1
                                                                                                                       characteristic here mentioned is to sw it ch down t he ove rloa ding protection threshol d for the motor w it h
                                                 ON                                       ON           t               an operation frequency l ower than 30 Hz.
             S2
                                                                                                                       2: Vari able frequenc y motor (without low speed compensation). As the heat emi ssi on of special variable
                                                                                 ON                    t
                                                                                                                       frequency motor is not affect ed by speed, it is not re quired t o regulate the protecti on value for low speed
             S3
                                                                                                                       operation.
                                                               ON                                      t
    Operation
    comma nd

                                   Fig.6-20 multi-speed l ogic Diagram




                                                   - 63-                                                                                                                    -6 4 -
DZB Series                                                                    Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription          DZB Series                                                                  Chapter 6 Parameter Description



Function                                                 Setting Range                      Default                      Functio n                                                Setting Range                     Default
 Code                   Nam e                                                               Value                         Cod e                  Name                                                                Value
              Motor Ove rload                   20.0%~120.0%                                                                                                            0:prohibit
  F5.0 1                                                                                    100.0%                                    Over -voltage
              Pro tection Current               (mo tor rated cu rren t)                                                   F5.04                                                                                        0
                                                                                                                                      Stall Protectio n                 1:allow

                                                                                                                                      Over -voltage Stall               110~ 150%(3 80V)                             12 0%
              Time                              100%                                                                       F5.05
                              7 0%                                                                                                    Protection Vo ltage               110~ 150%(2 20V)                             115 %


                                                                                                                            During the inverter decelerat ion, the load inertia may cause the actual motor speed drop rate l ower than
                                                              Motor Overload Pro tection Current                         t he output frequency drop rate, and thereby the motor generates electricity and feeds it back to the inverter,
                                                                                                                         causing the i nverter bus voltage going up and even bus over-voltage breakdown which t hen can cause
           1 m inute
                                                                                                                         i nverter tripping if no provision i s made.
                                                                                                                            Over-voltage stall protection function is to detect t he bus voltage and compare it with the stall over-
                                                                                                                         voltage point defined by F5.05 (relative to t he standa rd bus voltage) . If i t exceeds the over-voltage stall
                                                                                                                         point, inverter output frequency stop going down, and when the next bus voltage detected is lower than
                                                                                                                         t he over-vol tage stal l point, t he inverter continues to decelerate,as shown by followi ng figure:


                                       140%             2 00%                               Current                                                   Bus vo ltage

                                                                                                                                       St all Ove r-volt ag e poin t
                                   Fig.6-21 Motor Overload Protect ion Current


   The val ue can be de termined by fol lowing equat ion:                                                                                                                                                           Tim e t
   Motor overl oad protection current = (maximum current/ rat ed current)×100%
   It is mai nly applied to the cases that bi g inver ter drives small motor, requiring to correctly set up this                           Out pu t f r e qu e nc y
funct ion to protect the mot or.


Function                                                 Setting Range                      Default
 Code                   Nam e                                                               Value                                                                                                                   Tim e t
              Power-down Frequ ency             70.0~ 110.0 %(standard bus
  F5.02       Drop Point                        voltage)                                     80.0%
                                                                                                                                                             Fig.6-22 O ver-voltage Stall Funct ion
              Instant p owe r-down
  F5.03       Frequ ency drop rate              0.00Hz~99.99Hz                              0.0 0Hz
                                                                                                                         Functio n                                                Setting Range                     Default
                                                                                                                          Cod e                  Name                                                                Value
   If the inst ant power-down drop rate is set to be 0, the instant power-down restart function is invalid.                F5.06      Over -current stall setting       80~20 0%                                     15 0%
   Instant power-down frequency drop poi nt: it i s indicting when the bus voltage, after the power net work                          Over -current ga in settin g
                                                                                                                           F5.07      to avoi d of stalling             0~100                                          20
is down and drops to the instant power-down frequency drop point, the invert er sta rts to decrease the
opera ti on frequency based on the insta nt power-down frequency drop rate, enabli ng the mot or to genera te
el ectri city which is fed back t o ke ep the bus voltage, and thus ensuring t he inverter i s operating normall y          When inverter is runni ng, the actual climbing rate of motor speed is lowe r than cl imbing rate of out put
till inverter power is on again.                                                                                         frequency because load is too big. If you don't ta ke any action, it will cause over current faul t in
   Important: Adj usting t he se t wo parameters properly can magnificently achieve the power network                    acceleration then inverter will t rip.
switching instead of causi ng inve rter prot ection and thus causing production shu tdown.                                  Over-current stal l protect ion function is t o de tect output current and compare it wit h the current limit
                                                                                                                         defined by F5.06. If it exceeds the c urrent limit, output frequency drop down according to F5.07. When it
                                                                                                                         show tha t output current is lower tha n l imit current, inverter wil l remain normal operation.




                                                      - 65-                                                                                                                   -6 6 -
DZB Series                                                               Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription         DZB Series                                                                Chapter 6 Parameter Description



                                                                                                                    Functio n                                              Setting Range                    Default
               Output current                                                                                        Cod e                Name                                                               Value
                                                                                                                      F6.02     Data pattern                    0:N o check(N,8,1 )for RTU                      0
      Auto limit current level
                                                                                                                                                                1:Odd ch eck (E,8,1)fo r RTU

                                                                                                                                                                2:Even check(O,8,1)for RTU

                                                                                                                                                                3:No check(N,8 ,2)for RTU
                                                                                                Time t                                                          4:Odd check( E,8,2)for RTU
           Output f req uency                                                                                                                                   5:Even check(O,8,2)for RTU

                                                                                                                                                                6:No check(N,7 ,1)for ASCII

                                                                                                                                                                7:Odd check( E,7,1)for ASCII

                                                                                                                                                                8:Even check(O,7,1)for ASCII
                                                                                                                                                                9:No check(N,7 ,2)for ASCII
                                       Limit current fre quenc y
                                       drop rate                                                                                                                10:Odd che ck(E,7,2) for ASCII
                                                                                                Time t
                                                                                                                                                                11:Even ch eck(O,7,2)for ASCII

                                                                                                                                                                12:No check(N ,8,1)for ASCII
                                    Fig. 6-23 Limit current protect ion
                                                                                                                                                                13:Odd che ck( E,8,, 1) fo r ASCII

                                                                                                                                                                14:Even check( O,8,1)for ASCII

                                                                                                                                                                15:No check(N ,8,2)for ASCII

F6 Communication Parameters                                                                                                                                     16:Odd che ck(E,8,2) for ASCII

                                                                                                                                                                17:Even check( O,8,2)for ASCII
Function                                               Setting Range                   Default
 Code                  Nam e                                                           Value
  F6.00     Communication Address            1~247,0 is th e broadcast address             1

   When master machi ne plan t o transmit a frame, slave communication address i s set to be 0, it is also
broadcast address. All slave machine in M ODBUS will receive this frame but not response.                              The data pat tern set by invert er must be t he same as dat a pattern set by master machine .Otherwise,
   Note: sl ave address is not allowed to set 0.                                                                    communi cation can not accomplish.
   Local communicati on address is unique for every slave machine wit hin communication network.
This is basis of utilizat ion of point to point communication between mast er machine and inverter.
                                                                                                                    11-bits(for RTU)

Function                                                                               Default
 Code                  Nam e                           Setting Range
                                                                                       Value                           DATA Frame:8-N-2
                                             0:1200BPS                                                                 Start                                         Stop Stop
                                                                                                                             bit0 bit1 bit2 bit3 bit4 bit5 bit6 bit7
                                             1:2400BPS                                                                  bit                                          bit bit
                                             2:4800BPS                                                                                                  8-data bits
  F6.0 1    Baud rate setting                                                              3
                                             3:9600BPS                                                                                             11-bits character frame
                                             4:19200BPS

                                             5:38400BPS

This parameter is used to set transmission rate.



                                                    - 67-                                                                                                              -6 8 -
DZB Series                                         Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription            DZB Series                                                               Chapter 6 Parameter Description



                                                                                             Functio n                                                                                 Default
   DATA Frame:8-E-1                                                                           Cod e                 Name                             Setting Range
                                                                                                                                                                                        Value
                                                                                                           Co mmun icat io n
   Start                                        Even Stop                                      F6.03                                      0~200ms                                        5ms
    bit bit0 bit1 bit2 bit3 bit4 bit5 bit6 bit7 bit bit
                                                                                                           r esponse d ela y


                            8-data bits                                                         Response delay: means the interval time from the end of data receive to transmitt ing response data to
                                                                                             upper l evel machine. If re sponse delay t ime i s smal le r than system operation ti me, response delay time
                       11-bits character frame
                                                                                             should be system operation time. If response del ay ti me is l onger than system operati on time, inverter can
                                                                                             not t ransmit data to upper level machine unt il response delay time reached.

   DATA Frame:8-O-1                                                                          Functio n                                                                                 Default
                                                                                                                    Name                             Setting Range
                                                                                              Cod e                                                                                     Value
   Start                                        Odd                  Stop
    bit bit0 bit1 bit2 bit3 bit4 bit5 bit6 bit7 bit                   bit                      F6.04
                                                                                                           Co mmun icat io n
                                                                                                                                          0.0(in valid),0.1 ~10 0.0 s                    0.0s
                                                                                                           overtim e fau lt time

                            8-data bits
                                                                                                 When this parameter is set to be 0.0s, thi s function is invalid.
                       11-bits character frame
                                                                                                 When this functi on is valid, if the interval t ime be tween two communications exceeds communication
                                                                                             overtime time, i t will cause communication fault (E018).
10-bits(for ASCII)
                                                                                             Functio n                                               Setting Range                     Default
                                                                                              Cod e                 Name                                                                Value
                                                                                                                                          0:Alarm an d fre e run sto p
    DATA Frame:7 -N-2
                                                                                                                                          1:No alarm and keep run ning
   Start                                                Stop        Stop
    bit bit0 bi t1 bit2        bit3 bit4    bit5 bit6                                                      Co mmun icat io n              2:No alarm and sto p according to
                                                         bit         bit                       F6.05
                                                                                                           error measure
                                                                                                                                                                                           1
                                                                                                                                            stop mode (by com municati on)

                           7 -data b its                                                                                                  3:No alarm and sto p according to
                                                                                                                                            stop mode (by al l control mode)
                     10-bits character frame
                                                                                             Functio n                                               Setting Range                     Default
                                                                                              Cod e                 Name                                                                Value
    DATA Frame:7-E-1                                                                                       Re sponse
                                                                                                                                          0:Respo nse when write
                                                                                               F6.06                                                                                       0
                                                                                                           m easur e                      1:No response when wri te
   Start bit0 bi t1 bit2       bit3 bit4    bit5 bit6 Even Stop
    bit                                                bit bit
                                                                                                When this parameter is set to be 0, Response when write.
                           7 -data b its                                                        When this parameter is set to be 1, No Response when w rit e.This function can improve communiation
                     10-bits character frame                                                 speed.



    DATA Frame:7-O-1
   Start                                                  Odd       Stop
    bit bit0 bi t1 bit2        bit3 bit4    bit5 bit6     bit        bit

                           7 -data b its
                     10-bits character frame




                                    - 69-                                                                                                        -7 0 -
DZB Series                                                    Chapter 7 Fault Dia gnosis and Countermeasure s            DZB Series                                                    Chapter 7 Fault Diagnosis and Counte rmeasures


        Chapter 7 Fault Diagnosis and Countermeasures
                                                                                                                         1. Under voltage of DC Bus(E001)


    DZB200 has 25 pie ces of alarm information and protec ti on func tions in t otal. Once the fault occurs,                                                                      Yes
                                                                                                                                 Tran sie nt powe r cu t exists or not                        m otor driver inverte r reset
the protecti on functi on starts, the inverter stops inputti ng, t he fault relay contact poi nt is activated, and the
faul t code wil l be di splayed on the display panel of the invert er. Before seeking services, the subscri ber                                     No
may conduct the self-check according to the prompt gi ven in thi s section, analyze the fault causes, a nd fi nd
                                                                                                                                Check if the in put end vo ltage of               No          Ad just the power sup ply or
out the solutions. If the faul t bel ongs to the causes described in t he broken line box, please seek t he service           the mot or driver inve rte r is with in the                       remove the peripheral
                                                                                                                                value req uired by the re gulation                             p ower- supply loo p fault
by contacting the inverter agent or directly conta cting our corporation.

                                                                                                                                                    Yes
Common Faults and the Faul t Diagnosis
   The following faults may probabl y occur during t he usi ng of t he inverter, please refer to the methods                            Measure if the DC
                                                                                                                          Yes          bu s voltage is no rma l
described below to perform the faul t analysis.
1. No Electricity Display                                                                                                                           No
   1) Chec k wit h mult imeter i f the i nput power supply of the inverter is consist ent with its rated vol tage.
                                                                                                                                    Check if the rectifyin g bridge          No        Re place the d amage d rect ify ing
If there is somet hing wrong with the power supply, please check and remove it.                                                  or th e buffering resis tor is normal                 bridg e or the b ufferin g resistor
   2) Chec k i f the three-phase rectifying bridge is intact . If t he rectifying bridge has been exploded,please
                                                                                                                                                    Yes
seek technical service.
   3) Chec k i f the CHARGE indicator is on. If the indica tor is off, t he fault will be on the rectifying bridge                                                           No
                                                                                                                                Check if t he d ri ve board is n orm al                   Chang e drive bo ard
or the buffering resistance. If the indicat or is on, then the fault may probably lies in the switch on/off part,
                                                                                                                                                    Yes
please seek for help.
2. The air Swit ch Trips off After Power-on                                                                                                                                  No
                                                                                                                                     Check if the ma in control                           Chang e main control bo ard
   1) Chec k i f the earthing or short circuit occurs bet ween the i nput power suppli es and remove t he problem.                      boa rd is no rmal
   2) Chec k i f the rectifying bridge has been broken down. If so, seek for the service.
3. The Mot or Does not Run After the Inverter S tarts to Run                                                                                     Refere nce for the
   1) Chec k i f there is equa lizing t hree-phase input bet ween U, V and W. If yes, the motor circuit or itsel f                            m ain tena nce personne l

may be damaged, or the motor stops turning for mechani cal reason. Please remove it .
   2)If there is input but the three phases are not equalizing, the i nverter drive board or the output modul e          2. Over voltage during acc el eration(E002)
may be damaged. P lease seek for the service.
   3) If there i s no out put volt age, the drive board or output modul e may be damaged. Please seek for the                                                                           Yes     Ad just the voltage within
                                                                                                                                  T he inp ut voltage is to o high or n ot                          the normal range
service.
4. When the Power-on Inverter Displays Normall y, t he Air Swi tch Trips off After the Operati on.                                                     No

   1) Chec k i f the short circuit occurs between t he output modules. If ye s, please seek t he service.                         If the re exists th e e xterna l force                Yes C an cel t he ext erna l fo rce
                                                                                                                                  driving t he mot or op era tio n durin g                  o r insta ll th e bra ke resisto r
   2) Chec k i f the short circuit or e arthing occurs bet ween the mot or lea d wires. If yes, please remove it .                the acceleration pr ocess
   3) If the tripping occurs only occasi onally and the dist ance between the motor and the inverter is bi g,
                                                                                                                                                       No
the n the adding of a n out put AC reac tor shall be considered.
                                                                                                                                                                                        Yes     I ncrease t he acce lera tion
                                                                                                                                Th e acceleration time is too sho rt or no t                                time
                                                                                                                                                       No
                                                                                                                                                                                        No
                                                                                                                                  Is there a ny brake unit                                      Insta ll the brake unit a nd
                                                                                                                                  or brake resistor installed                                              resisto r

                                                                                                                                                       Yes

                                                                                                                                        Seek techn ical supp ort




                                                      - 71-                                                                                                                  -7 2 -
DZB Series                                                   Chapter 7 Fault Dia gnosis and Countermeasure s        DZB Series                                               Chapter 7 Fault Diagnosis and Counte rmeasures



3. Over vol tage during runni ng(E003)                                                                               5. Over current during deceleration(E005)


                                                             Yes      Adjust the voltage within                             C he ck if the out put loo p o f the mo tor d river   Yes
        The inp ut volta ge is t oo high or not                                                                                                                                           Remove th e peripheral fa ult
                                                                         the normal range                                   in verter ha s the ea rthing o r sh ort circuit

                             No                                                                                       V/F mode                         No
      I s there a ny the exte rnal f orce d riving           Yes     Ca ncel the ext ern al force or                              Whet her t he moto r paramete r                 No      Perform th e mot or paramet er
      t he motor during the op era tion                               install t he brake resist or                           identificatio n has been performed or not                           identificatio n
                             No
                                                                                                                                                       Yes
              Seek technical sup port                                                                                                                                             Yes
                                                                                                                                 Is t he decele rat ion time too short                   Increase the deceleratio n time

                                                                                                                                                       No
4. Over current during ac cel eration(E004)
                                                                                                                                                                                  Yes     Ad just the vol tage within the
                                                                                                                                        Is the voltage too low
                                                                                                                                                                                                   n orm al rang e
       Check if the ou tput loop of the motor d river          Yes         Re mo ve the p erip he ral                                                  No
        in vert er has th e earth ing or s hort c ircuit                            f ault
                                                                                                                             Whether th ere exists a shock loa d during           Yes
 V/F mode                         No                                                                                               the de celerat ion pro cess                                Cancel the sho ck load

              Whether t he moto r paramete r                   No        Perform the motor parameter                                                   No
            ident ifica tion has been p erf ormed                               identification
                                                                                                                                   Is there the brak e un it or b rake            No        Insta ll th e brake unit and
                                  Yes                                                                                                     resistor installe d                                     bra ke r esi stor
                                                               Yes
            Is the acceleratio n time too sh ort                        Increase the acceleration time
                                                                                                                                                       Yes
                                  No
                                                                                                                                   Se ek f or the technica l su pport
          Wheth er it is proper to ma nually raise             No        Adjust the manual raising of
                   torque or V/ F c urve                                     torque or V/F curve
                                                                                                                     6. Over current during running(E006)
                                  Yes
                                                               Yes        Adjust t he vo ltage to the                               Ch eck if the ou tput lo op of the            Ye s   Re move t he perip heral fa ult .
               The voltage is to o low or not
                                                                               normal range                                            mo tor d river inverter has                           If t he link is to o long,
                                                                                                                                 t he short circuit or leakage circuit                    install the outpu t react or
                                  No
                                                                            Select the rotation speed                                                 No
                                                               Yes                                                    V/F mode
          Start the rotating mot or or no t                                tracing before restarting or
                                                                          restart after the motor stops                                                                           No
                                                                                                                           Whet he r the mo tor p ara me ter iden tif ication            Perform the motor parameter
                                  No                                                                                                has be en perf orm ed or no t                               identification
                  Is there the shock load                      Yes
             during the acceler ation process                                 Cance l sho ck loa d                                                    Ye s
                                                                                                                                                                                  Ye s
                                  No                                                                                        I s there the sh oc k load dur ing the ru nning                 C ancel t he shock lo ad

                The type of inverter is small                                                                                                         No

                                                                                                                                       Wheth er th e m otor driver                Ye s
                                                                                                                                                                                                 Abate t he load
                                                                                                                                     in ver ter load can be ab ated

                                                                                                                                                      No

                                                                                                                                         Th e type of inve rter
                                                                                                                                             is too small




                                                     - 73-                                                                                                               -7 4 -
DZB Series                                               Chapter 7 Fault Dia gnosis and Countermeasure s         DZB Series                                                   Chapter 7 Fault Diagnosis and Counte rmeasures



7. Motor Over Load(E007)                                                                                        10. Over voltage during deceleration(E00A)


         The moto r prot ection parameter               No                                                                                                                   Yes      Adjust the v oltage within
                                                                Correctly set up the parameter                          The inpu t vol tage is too high o r not
          F5 .01 set ti ng is suitable or not                                                                                                                                              norm al ran ge
                                                                                                                                              No
                             Yes
                                                        Yes          Reduce the load or                               If there exists external forces driving the            Yes    Ca ncel the extern al force o r
    The load is too big o r the moto r is blocke d                                                                 motor operation during the deceleration process                   install t he brake resist or
                                                                increase the inverter capacity
                             No                                                                                                               No
           The t ype of in verter is s ma ll                                                                                                                                 Yes    Increase the acceleration time
                                                                                                                     The de celerat ion time is t oo sho rt or not
                                                                                                                                                                                      or install the brake resistor
                                                                                                                                              No
8. Inverter Over Load(E008)                                                                                                                                                  No
                                                                                                                       I s there any bra ke resisto r installed                       Insta ll th e brake resisto r

                                                        Yes                                                                                   Ye s
    The load is too big o r the moto r is blocke d                   Reduce the load or
                                                                increase the inverter capacity                                Seek techn ical supp ort
                            No
           The t ype of in verter is s ma ll                                                                    11. External Fai lure(E00D)


9. Inverse unit protection(E009、E019、 E029)                                                                             Press STOP butto n to sto p in the                   Yes
                                                                                                                                                                                             Reset run nin g
                                                                                                                       non keyb oard opera tion mode or not

                                                                                                                                               No
      Check if t he output loop of the mot or        Yes
        driver inverter has th e ea rthing                     Remo ve the periphe ral fa ult                            Inp ut peripher al fault sig nal via                Yes          Check a nd re move
                  or short circu it                                                                                      mu ltif unctional terminal DI or no t                             pe riph era l f ault

                          No                                                                                                                   No
      Whether the link betw ee n the motor           Yes           Install th e reactor or                                                                                   Yes
                                                                                                                                 Use ST OP in stall                                          Reset run nin g
    a nd the motor driver inverter is too long                      output w ave-filter

                          No                                                                                    12. Diode Module Over Heat(E00E)
                                                                 Check if the wind channel is
                                                     Yes
      Whether the module is o verhea ted                        blocked or the fan is working
                                                              normally and remove the problem                                                                                 Yes      Reduce t he environ ment al
                          No                                                                                        If the en vironment al t emperatu re is too high
                                                                                                                                                                                       temp era tu re
          Check if th e internal links of            Yes                                                                                              No
       the moto r driver inverter are lo ose                        Plug all the links
                                                                                                                                                                              Yes
                                                                                                                            I f the wind channel is blocked                              Clear the wind ch annel
                          No

         Whether it is normal a fter the             Yes                                                                                              No
                                                                 main co ntrol bo ard f ault
       renewa l of the main con trol b oard                                                                                                                                   Yes
                                                                                                                                 If the fa n is da mage d                                     Change the fan
                          No
                                                                                                                                                      No
       Wheth er th e drive bo ard is normal          Yes
                                                                     drive board fau lt                                                                                       Yes       Change th e heatvariable
                 after renew al                                                                                     If the modular heat-variable resistor is damaged
                                                                                                                                                                                               resistor
                          No                                                                                                                          No
          Wh ether the inve rse mo dule              Yes                                                                                                                      Yes
                                                                 Inv erse module da ma ge                                 If the inverse mo du le is da mage d                        Chan ge the inve rse modul e
           is n orm al afte r rene wal


                       Seek technical sup port                                                                                     Se ek for the techn ical su pport




                                                 -75-                                                                                                                -7 6-
DZB Series                                                 Chapter 7 Fault Dia gnosis and Countermeasure s         DZB Series                                                    Chapter 7 Fault Diagnosis and Counte rmeasures



13. EEPROM read-write failure(E00F)                                                                               16. Current Inspection Circuit Failure(E015)



                                                  No                                                                                                                            No
       Whether it is normal af ter t he                  main co nt rol bo ard f ault                                         Che ck if Hall de vice is normal                                Change Hall device
     renewal of th e main cont rol board
                                                                                                                                                           Yes
                                                                                                                                                                                No
                                                                                                                            Check if t he d rive boa rd is no rmal                            C hange drive board
                Seek t ec hnical support



14. Input phase failure(E012)                                                                                                                 Seek t echnical support



                                                                    Check and remove the problems in              17. Motor self-learning failure(E016)
                                                            No       the peripheral lines,To make the
     Check if the three-phase input power is normal
                                                                     three-phase power entering the
                                                                        frequency inverter normal
                             Yes                                                                                         The moto r paramete rs a re configure d               No         Correctly config ure the
                                                            No                                                          as per the dat a on the na meplate or not                         moto r paramete rs
          C he ck if the drive board is normal                              Chang e drive board
                                                                                                                                                Yes
                             Yes
                                                            No                                                          Th e paramete rs identificat io n proc ess             Ye s     Che ck the lead wire fro m
      Check if The main contro l board is normal                       C hange main control b oard                                is overt ime or not                                   frequ en cy inverter t o moto r



                             Seek t ec hnical support                                                             18. Communication Fail ure(E018)



                                                                                                                                                                          No        Check mast er sta tio n
15. Output phase failure(E013)                                                                                              Master station works o r not
                                                                                                                                                                                        connection
                                                                                                                                             Yes

       Check if t he lead wire from fre quen cy            No                                                           RS485 co mmunica tion conn ec tion                No     Ch ec k co mmunication
                                                                     Remove peripheral fault
          in verter to th e moto r is normal                                                                                    is normal o r not                                      connection

                          Yes                                                                                                                Yes
                                                                                                                                                                          No            Corre ctly set up
         Check if the thre-e p hase outp ut of             Yes       Check if t he motor thre e -                         Baud rate setup is corre ct or no t
        freque ncy invert er is balanced when                                                                                                                                             baud rate
                                                                     phase winding is normal,
               running without m ot or                                If no, re move t he f ault.                                            Yes

                          No                                                                                            Commu nicat ion para me te rs F6.0 2              No        Change communication
                                                           No                                                          and F6.03 are correct ly set up or not                            parameters
           Check if drive bo ard is normal                               Change drive b oard
                                                                                                                                             Yes
                          Yes
                                                           No                                                                  Seek techn ical s upport
           Che ck if the mod ul e is n orm al                            Change mo dule



                           Seek technical support




                                                 - 77-                                                                                                               -7 8 -
DZB Series                                                          Chapter 8 Quality Guarantee        DZB Series                                                                  Appendix A Stan dard Specifications


                        Chapter 8 Quality Guarantee                                                                       Appendix A: Standard Specifications
Quality gua rantees of our produc ts is transacted as the following rules and re gulations:
                                                                                                       1.1 Tec hnical Spe cification
8.1 Responsibility of manufacturer:
                                                                                                               Series                                                     DZB200
A: Interior
                                                                                                                Item                                                    Specification
★ One month goods exchanging ,maintenance, and return after delivery
                                                                                                           Rated Voltage          1AC220V ±15%, 3AC220V±15%,3AC380V±15%
★ Three months goods e xchanging ,maintenance after delivery
★ Twelve months goods maintenance after delivery                                                           Frequency Range        47~63Hz

B:Abroad                                                                                                   Output Voltage         Proportional to Input Voltage

★ Three months goods maintenan ce after de livery                                                          Output Frequency       0~600Hz

8.2 Whenever and wherever use our product, users have the rights to take our ser vice                      Control mode           V/F control
     with payment.                                                                                                                2 modes: Line, square v/f curve
                                                                                                           V/F curve
     All distributors, manufacturers and agents in the whole country c an provide the service .            Command channel        operation panel, control terminal, serial port

     Our company has the right to entrust maintenance to others.                                                                  digital frequency reference, analog voltage reference, analog current reference,
                                                                                                           Frequency source       pulse reference, commun ication ports reference.
8.3 Responsibility immunity:                                                                                                      Thesefrequency sources can be selected through different methods.
★ Abuse producing or inducing failure is out of our responsibility                                                                B: 150% rated current 60 seconds;180% rated current 10 seconds;
                                                                                                           Overload Capacity
★ The damage or referred,secondary damage caused by the fa ult of the equipmen t will not be                                      P:120% rated current 60 seconds;150% rated current 10 seconds

    compensated.                                                                                           Start torque           1.5Hz/150%(V/F)
                                                                                                           Speed control range    1:100(V/F)
8.4 The equipment is guaranteed for twelve months from the date of exporting.                              Speed accuracy         ±0.5%

8.5 However the remedy of faults caused by the following re asons will be at user's cost,                  Carrier frequency      1.0~15.0KHz
                                                                                                           frequency resolution   Digital setting: 0.01Hz Analog setting: Maximum frequency×0.1%
     e ven though it happe ns during the guarantee period.
                                                                                                           Torque boost           0~10.0%
★ Improper operation,unauthorized re pair or modification;
★ Operation be yond the standard specifications;                                                           Accel/decel Mode       Two accel/decel curve,ran ge:0.1-360sec
                                                                                                           DC brake               Start DC break,Stop DC b reak
★ Falling down , barbarous tra nsport;
                                                                                                                                  Jog frequency range: 0.00Hz~Maximum output frequency;
                                                                                                           Jog control
★ Device ageing and failure caused by unsuitable environment;                                                                     Jog Acc/Dec time:0.0~360.0s
                                                                                                           Multi-Speed
★ Damage cause d by earthquake, fire, windstorm, flood, lightning ,abnormal voltage and o ther             Function
                                                                                                                                  Internal PLC operation;8-speed Control

    natural disaster, or effec t he reof.                                                                  Internal PID           Realize product-line automatic control system
                                                                                                           Automatic Voltage      Keep static output voltage automatically when
                                                                                                           Adjustment Function    mains voltage fluctuating.
                                                                                                           Shared DC bus          Several motors can share one DC bus.


                                                                                                                                  Eight digi tal in pu t terminals and one of t hem can input hig h sp ee d pulse.
                                                                                                            Input terminal        Two a nalog input terminals, one can be input te d vo lta ge and the othe r can
                                                                                                                                  be inputt ed v olta ge or curr ent.



                                                                                                                                  One digital output terminal(Two for 7.5kw below)
                                                                                                            Output terminal       Two relay output terminal(One for 7.5kw below)
                                                                                                                                  One analog output termin al




                                             - 79-                                                                                                       -8 0 -
DZB Series                                                                 Appen dix A St andard Sp ecifications    DZB Series                                                                                 App endix B Dimensions


                                                                                                                                                        Appendix B Dimensions
          Series                                                     DZB200
           Item                                                   Specification
                               pre-set frequency;operate frequency;output current;motor speed;input voltage;
       LCD Display             output voltage;input/output terminals'status;fault informa tion,etc                        Dimensions and Applicable Moter
       LED Status indication   Operation/Stop,FWD/REV,Function indication,etc
                                                                                                                                                                           Applicable             Dimensio ns(mm)
       Exteral meter display   Output frequency,Output current(0~ 10VDC)                                                  Model     AC Drive Model
                                                                                                                                                                           Moter(KW)         A    B    H    W     D       d
                               input/output phase failure prote ction, Over current                                                D ZB200M0005L2                             0.55
       Protection function     protect ion;Over voltage protection;Under voltage
                               protect ion; Over heat protection ; overload protection,etc                                 FL 08                                                             85   131 142   75   113      5
                                                                                                                                   D ZB200M0007L2                             0.75
                               Indoor in which there is no direc t sunlight, dust,                                                 D ZB200M0015L2                             1.5
       Applicable Situation    erosive gas,combustible gas, oil smoke, water vapor,
                               dripping, salt, etc.                                                                                D ZB200M0022L2                             2.2
       Altitude                Lower than 1,000 meters                                                                     FL 22   D ZB200M0007L4                             0.75       100      141 151 89     117      5
       Ambient temperature     -10 ℃~+40℃
                                                                                                                                   D ZB200M0015L4                             1.5
       Humidity                20%~90%RH, without condensation
                                                                                                                                   D ZB200M0022L4                             2.2
                                                                                                                                   D ZB200J0005L2                             0.55
1.2 AC220VSeries Rating:
                                                                                                                           FL 26   D ZB200J0007L2                             0.75           104 138 149    94   1 30     5

                                                                                                                                   D ZB200J0015L2                             1.5




                                                                                                                                                                                aperture d




                                                                                                                                        CAUT ION :
                                                                                                                                        Hig h vot age i nside .
                                                                                                                                        Don 't in spe ct comp one nt s
                                                                                                                                        unl es s i nsi de "L ED" lamp is
                                                                                                                                        tur ne d o f.




                                                     - 81-                                                                                                                          -8 2 -
DZB Series                                                                                 Appendix B Di mensions              DZB Series                                                                           Appendix C Access ories List


                                                                                                                                                         Appendix C Accessories List
Product each parts of names                                                                                             1 . A l l B r a ki n g R e s i s t o r s & B ra k i n g U n i t s U s e i n A C dr i v e s


                                                                                                                          Appli cable Moter           Braking Unit            Braking Resistors Model No.of Units Used                  Braking
                                                                                                                                                     Model                                                                              Torque
                                                                                                                        Voltage                                             Resisitors Values            Resistors
                                                                                                             1                        KW(HP)                    Number                                                      Number      10%ED
                                                                                                                                                     70BR                   Recommended                  Model
                      5                                                                                                               0.5(0.7)       Built in               80W 200Ω                80W 120Ω                    1
                                                                                                                         220V         0.75(1.0)      Built in               80W 200Ω                80W 120Ω                    1
                                                                                                                        (1PH)         1.5(2.0)       Built in               150W 100Ω               150W 100Ω                   1
                                                                                                                                      2.2(3.0)       Built in               200W 80Ω                200W 68Ω                    1           100%
                                                                                                                                      0.75(1.0)      Built in               80W 400Ω                80W 400Ω                    1
                                                                                                                         380V
                                                                                                                                      1.5(2.0)       Built in               12 0W 330Ω              180W 300Ω                   1
                                                                                                                        (3PH)
                                                                                                                                      2.2(3.0)       Built in               160W 250Ω               250W 250Ω                   1
                                                                                                             2
                                                                                                                        Not e :
                  4                                                                                                     1. P le a s e o nly use t h e r esi st or s an d r e co mme n de d val v es.
                                                                                                                        2. Ta ke i n to c on si de r atio n th e s a fe t y of th e en v i rom e n t whe n i n s ta l l in g the bra k in g
                                                                                                                        re si s to rs .
                                                                                                                        3. If th e mi nimum r e si si t a nc e va lue i s to b e u ti l iz e d, c on s u lt l oc al d ea l ers f o r t he
                                                                                                                        cal c ul at io n of th e Wat t f ig ur es.

                          3                                 6
                                                                                                                        2 . S t a n d a r d Ex t e n s i o n C a b le
                                                   7                                                    11
     1 :Aperture bolt bore                                                                                                                FL          W X 01 0 0
                                                                    IN PU T                                                                                                        M od el      L e ng th
     2 :Inverter nameplate                                      R      S      T                                                                                                    0 10 0         1 .0 M
                                                                                                                                                                                   0 15 0         1 .5 M
     3 :Lower cover of inverter output
                                                                                                                                                                                   0 20 0         2 .0 M
     4 :Digital operate keys                                                                                                                                                       0 25 0         2 .5 M
                                                                                                                                                                                   0 30 0         3 .0 M
     5 :Up cover of power input
                                                                                                                                                                                             n et wor k cab le
     6 :Spread heat export
                                                                                                                                                                                             c om pa n y n a m e
     7 :Power input terminals

     8 :Control circuit terminals of                                                                             8
       main control board
     9 :Braking resistor wiring terminal
     10 :Inverter output terminals
                                                                              U     V      W BR+ BR -
     11:Grounding terminal
                                                                                  MOTO R        R
                                                       10                                                        9




                                           - 83-                                                                                                                                   -8 4 -
A card of user's protect to fix card

Model:                  Invoice number:

Number:                 Buy date of machine :

 Manufacturer:

 Tel:

 User:

 Tel:

 Address:

 Post code:

 Maintain Date:

 Detailed record:




Note:User writes the card and mails it to the manufacturer
during ten days.
B card for user's file
   Model:                      Invoice number:

   Number:                     Buy data of machine:



Honorific cu stome r:
     Welcome to use FuLing Inverte r!

1、You hav e the" three guarantees" from the time that you buy the
machine.Because of the quality of th e prod ucts,you have the ser-
vices as follows:
  1)Return the machine in one month.
  2)Replacement the m achine in three months.
  3)Cost-free sevice in twelve months.
  Outside of 12 months,our company will take no rmal m aterial
  expenses.
2、 When y ou buy the m anchi ne,please file the B card and ma ils
the A cardback du ring ten day s,or our com pany only se rvice for
costing
3、Please note th e product's number and invoice num ber when
maintain the machine.
4、Because of th e natural and artific ial factor or discorrect dism-
antleto fix or wrong use to be broken down ,our co mpany only ser-
vice for cos ting.

Dzb200 M&J最新(2)

  • 1.
    DZB200 INVERTER M&J S af et y a nd Cau tio ns P r o du ct I ntr oduc tio n Mec h an ica l a nd El ectr i cal I ns ta ll ati o n O per a tio n a n d D is pla y Func ti o n Pa ra m eter s L is t P a ram e t e r De scri ptio n F a ult D ia g no si s a nd C ou ntermea s ure s Q ua li ty G uara nt ee Appen di x
  • 2.
    DZB Series Preface Preface Thank you for choosing DZB 200M&J Series AC Motor D rives. This manual will be helpful in the installation, parameter setting, t rou bleshooting, and daily maintenance of the AC motor drives. To guaran tee safe operation of the equipment,read the following safety guidelines before connecting power to the AC drives. Keep this operating manual han dy and distribute to all users for reference. Attention: ◆ Al ways read this manual thoroughl y before using DZB series A C Motor Drives. ◆ Do not connec t or disconnect wi res and connectors whi le power is applied to the ci rcui t. ◆AC input power must be disconnect ed before any maintenance. ◆The re are hi ghly sensitive components on the printed ci rcui t boards. These components are especially sensit ive t o ESD (electrostatic discharge). To avoi d damage to th e dr ive ,do not touch component s or the ci rcuit boards until stat ic control precautions have been ta ken. ◆To avoid personal i njury, do not remove the cover of the AC motor dri ve until al l of the digi tal keypad "DISPLAY LED" lamps are off. The DC-link capacitor remains charged with a hazardous voltage even after input power is removed. ◆ Never connect the main circuit output terminals U, V, and W directly to the AC main circuit power suppl y as this will damage the drive . ◆ Grounding the Inverter by c onn ecting the Earth Ground to the drive ground terminal. Apply scope of the manual : This manual is for DZB20 0M &DZB200J Series AC Moto r Drive. Version:2007.9-V1
  • 3.
    Index Chapter 1 Safetyand Cautions 1 Chapter 2 Product Introduction 6 Chapter 3 Mechanical and Electrical Installation 8 Chapter 4 Operation and Display 17 Chapter 5 Function Parameters List 21 Chapter 6 Parameter Description 34 F0 Basic F unctio n Parameters 34 F1 Motor Param eters 42 F2 Input and Output Terminal Function Parameter s 44 F3 Human Machine Interface Parameters 52 F4 Application Function Parameters 55 F5 Protec tion Pa rameters 64 F6 Communication Parameter s 67 Cha pter 7 Fault Diagnosis and Countermeasures 71 Chapter 8 Quality Guarantee 79 Appendix A Standard Specifications 80 Appendix B Dimensions 82 Appendix C Accessories List 84
  • 4.
    DZB Series C hapter 1 Safe ty and Cautions DZB Series Chapte r 1 S afety and Cau tions Chapter 1 Safety and Cautions Note Safety Definition There are two kinds of safety cautions in the manual: ★ Do not connect t he input ter minals with the output terminals (U, V, W), oth erwis e the inverter may be damaged! ★ Ensure the wiring meet the EMC r equirements and the local safety st andard. The wire size shall Opera tions which are not performed according to the requirements may cause severe hurt Dan ger be deter mined according to the manual, otherwis e acc ident may occur! or eve n death. ★ Brake resistor must not be connected between the DC bus terminals (+) and (-), otherwise fi re Opera tions which are not performed according to re quirements may cause m oderate hurt may occur! Note or light hur t or equipment damage . 1.1 Safety Cautions 4. Before Power-on 1.Before Installation Danger Danger ★ Please confirm the mains voltage level is consistent with that of the inverter and the input and output wirings are correct, and check if there is any short circuit in peripheral circuit and if the Do not us e the inverter that is damaged or has defect, or there will be danger of injury. wiring is fixed and fast, otherwise th e inverter m ay be damaged! ★ Mount the cover plate properly before p ower-on the inverter, o therwise there will be danger of electric shock. 2.During Installation Danger Note Mount the inverter on incombustible surface like me tal, and keep away from flammable substances ! Other wise it may cause fire. ★ Dielectric strength tes t had been done at factory. Therefore, us er needs not do this test again, otherwise ac cident may occur! ★ All the peripher al par ts shall be connec ted correctly according to the manual, or accident may occur! Note ★ When m ore than two inverters are to be installed in one cabinet, please pay attention to the 5.A fter Power-on installation locations to ensure the cooling effect (refer to Chapter 3 Mechanical and Electrical Installation). ★ Do not drop the lead wire stub or screw in the inverter, or the inverter may be damaged. Danger 3.Wiring ★ Do not open the cover of the inver ter after power-on, otherwise there will be danger of electric shock! Danger ★ Do not touch the inver ter and its circuit with wet hand, otherwis e the re will be danger o f electric shock. ★ Only the qualif ied electrical engineer can perform the wiring, other wise there will be danger of ★Do not touch the invert er terminals , otherwise there will be danger of electric shock. electri c shock. ★At power-on, the inver ter will perform the security check of the external heavy-c urrent circuit ★ A ci rcuit breaker mus t be installed between the mains and the inverter, otherwis e ther e will be automat ically, so at this time please do not touch the terminals U, V and W, or the terminals of danger of fir e. motor, otherwise there will be danger of ele ctric shock. ★ Wir ing ca n only be done after the mains input is cut off, otherwise there will be danger of electric s hock. ★ Please connect the inverter to the ground according to th e standard, otherwise there will be danger of electric shock. - 1- -2 -
  • 5.
    DZB Series Chapter 1 Safe ty and Cautions DZB Series Chap ter 1 S afety and Cautions Note 1.2 Cautions 1. Check the Insulation of t he Motor ★ If parameter identification is required, please pay a ttent ion that the rotating motor ma y injure When the motor is used for the fi rst time, or reused after storing for a long time, or in regular checkup, peopl e, otherwise accident may occur! the user m ust check t he insulati on of the motor t o prevent the poor insulation of t he windings of mot or from ★ Do not change the factory settings, otherwise the inverter may be damaged! damaging the inverter. The motor connection must be divided from the i nverter during the insulat ion check. It i s recommended to use a 500V Mega-Ohm-Meter to check and the insulation resi stance shall not be less 6. Running than 5M Ω. 2. Thermal Prote ction of Motor If the rated capacity of the motor select ed is not matchi ng that of t he inverter, especially when the rated Danger power of the inverter is bigger than that of the motor, make sure t o adjust the parameters for mot or protecti on ★ Do not approach the equi pment when restart function i s enabled, othe rwi se there w ill be danger insi de the inverter or to i nst all a the rmal rela y to the mot or to guarantee the prot ection to t he motor. of injury. 3. Running at Frequency Above Rat ed Frequency ★ Do not touch t he fan and the discharging resi stor to check the temperature, otherwise burning The output frequency of this inve rte r is 0~600Hz. Pl ease consider the capability of t he mechanical may occur! devi ces when the customer needs the inverter to run at the frequency higher than 50Hz. ★Non-professional person shal l not measure the si gnal of a running inverter, ot herwise there will be danger of i njury or damaging the i nvert er! 4. Motor Heat a nd Noise Si nce the out put voltage of the inve rter is in PWM wave with some harmoni cs, t he temperature may rise, the noi se and vibration may increase compared with the i nverter running at mai n frequency. Note 5. P ressure-sensiti ve Devi ce or Capacitor at the Out put Side of t he Inverter Because the inverter outputs PWM wave, the capacitor used for improvi ng power factor and pressure- ★ Do not let objects fall in a runni ng invert er, otherwise the inve rte r ma y be damage d! sensit ive re sistor used for lightening-proof shouldn't be install ed at the out put side of the invert er, otherwise ★ Do not st art and stop the i nverter by on/off of t he contactor, otherwise the inverter may be the invert er may ha ve tra nsi ent over-current and may be damaged. damaged! 6. S witches Used at t he Input and O utput termi nal of the Inverter If the cont actor is required to be i nstalled be tween the i nvert er and t he power supply, it is prohibited to 7. Maintenance start or stop the inverter wi th the contactor. If the user has to use the contactor t o start and stop the inverter, the interval between the start and st op shall be less than one hour. Frequent charging and dischargi ng ma y reduce the life of the ca paci tor. If t he switches like contactors are connect ed between the output terminal and Danger the motor, make sure to start and stop the inverter w hen the inverter has no output, otherwise the modules in ★ P lease do not repair or maintain the inverter with powe r on, otherwise t here will be danger of the invert er may be damaged. elect ric shock! 7. Usage Outside t he Range of Rated Voltage ★ P lease repair or maintain the invert er after confirming the charge LED turns off, otherwise t here The DZB series inve rter shall not be used out of t he specified range of operation voltage , otherwi se the may be human injury caused by the residual voltage of the capac it or! int erna l component s of the inve rter ma y be damaged. If needed, please use corresponding voltage regul at ion ★ Only qualified electric al engineer can repair or mai nta in the i nvert er, otherwise t here will be danger of human injury or damaging the equi pment. devi ce to change t he volt age. 8. 3-phase Input Modified Into 2-pha se Input The modificati on of DZB series inverte r from 3-phase input to 2-phase input is not al lowed, or fault may occur. 9. Lightni ng Strike Prot ection There are lightning protecti on devices inside the inve rte r, But t he use r should instal l other lightning protect ion device at the front end of the inverter if l ight ning stri ke occurs freque ntl y. 10. Altitude and Deration When the altitude is higher t han 1000m, the cool ing effect of inverter is deteriorated because of t he rarefac ti on of air, the derati on must be used a nd please consult our company for detailed technical support. -3- -4-
  • 6.
    DZB Series Chapter 1 Safe ty and Cautions DZB Series Chapter 2 Product Introduction Chapter 2 Product Introduction 11. Special Usages T he user can consult our compa ny if he wants to use another method instead of the recommended connecting method provide d in the manual, such as shared DC bus. The purpose of this chapter is to provide specific, yet simple information to u np ack , i nstall the AC drive. 12. Cautions for Scr ap of Inverter This chapter contains information on the fol lowing: T he electrolytic capaci tors in the main ci rcui ts and PCB may explode when they are bur ned a nd poisonous 2.1 Receiving, Transportation, and Storage gas may be generated when the plastic parts are bur ned. Please dispose the inverter as industrial rubbish. 2.2 Nameplate In formation 13. About Applicable Motor 1) The standard motor used is the 4-pole squirrel cage asynchronous induction motor. If other kind of motor is used, pl ease be sure to select the applica ble i nverter acc ording to the rated curr ent of the motor, 2.1 Receiving, Storage and Transportation and pl ease consult us if the user wants t he inverte r t o drive the permanent magne tic synchronized motor. The AC motor dri ve has gone through rigorous qua lity control tests at the factory before shi pment. 2) The cooling fan of non-variable frequency motor is connected to the rotor in the same bearing, so the After re cei ving the AC drive, c heck for the following. cooling effect is weakened if the speed is low, t here fore use the variable-frequency motor or install a Receiv ing cooling fan in the overheat condition the motor. 3) The inverter has already been configured with the standard parameters for applicable motor, please 1.Check to make sur e t hat t he package includes an AC drive,the User Ma nual,dust covers and rubber bushings. be sure to modify the default values or perform the motor parameter identification according to the 2.Inspect the unit to insure it was not damaged duri ng shi pment. actual condi tions, other wise the operation effect or prot ection performance may be reduced. 4) Short-circ uit in the cable or motor may ca use the inverter alar m or even damage t he inverter. 3.Make sure that the par t numbe r indicat ed on the name plate corresponds wi th the part number of your T herefor e, please conduct the insulat ion short-circuit test to t he cable and the motor installed for the order. first time. The short-circuit test shal l also be car ried out in routine maintenance . Pay attention that the Storage inverter shall be separated from the unit during such test. The AC Dri ve shoul d be kept in the shipping carton before install ation. In order to retain the war rant y cove rage, the AC drive should be stored properly when it is not to be used for an extended period of time. Some storage suggestions are: 1.Store in a clean, dry l ocat ion. 2.Store wi thi n an ambient temperature range of -20°C to +65°C. 3.If possible, store in an air-conditioned environment where the relative humidi ty is less than 95%, non-condensi ng. 4.Do not store the AC dri ve i n pl aces where it could be expose d t o corrosive gases. 5.Please store the AC drive on a shel f or on an stable surfa ce. Transportation Temperature: -25°C to +70°C; R.H.: 5% to 95%; Air Pre ssure : 70kPa to 106kPa. -5- -6-
  • 7.
    DZB Series C hapter 2 Prod uct Introduction DZB Series Chapter 3 M echanic al and Electrical Installation Chapter 3 Mechanical and Electrical Installation 2.2 Nameplate Information 3.1 Mechanical Installation Nameplate 1. I nstallation Envi ronment 1) Ambient temperature: Ambient temperature influences the inverter life greatly, s o it should be within the range of -10℃~50℃ . 2) Mount the inverter in a flame retard ant s urface and the clearance arou nd the inverter shall be enough because the inverter will generate lots of heat during running, besides moun t the invert er on the base vertically with screws. 3) Mount in th e location where v ibration is less than 0. 6G; the inverter shall be far away from im pacting lathe. 4) Please do not install the inver ter in the place with direct sunlight, high humidity and water. 5) Mount the inverter in the location free of corrosive gas, explosive gas or combustible gas. 6) Mount the inverter in the location free of oil dirt, dust, and metal powder. 2.Installati on Location Description ofACMotor Drive Model: up DZB200 M 0 0 15 L 2 B ≥ 1 00m m Function lev el code: A -braking unit inside DZ B B -non braking unit A A Input voltage:2-220V 4-400V 6-660V DZB ri ght Freq. Ran ge:L :0-600.0Hz App licab le mot or capacity:0015为 1.5KW DZ B Series:M :Mini Model ≥ 1 00m m J :Simpl Model Series name : DZB200 Series N ote: No need to consider the dimensio n Note : Ins tall an airflow- guidance A for inverter of 22k W or belo w. plate for t he up and down ins tallation A sha ll be bigger tha n 50 mm for the of inverters. Description of Serial Number: inverter of 22kW or abov e Install ation of single inverter Up and down installation of inverters 0 7 0 1 8 8 88 Fig.3-1 DZB Series Inverter Installati on Location P roduction number The user s hall focus on the heat dissipation issues when i nstalling the inverter, and pay attention to the P roduction month fo llowing points: P roduction year 1) Install the inverter vertically so that the heat may be expelled from the t op, but do not ins tall the inve rter upside down. When two Variab le Speed Drives are mounted up an d dow n, an air fl ow dive rting plate s hould be fixed in between as shown in Fig. 3-1. 2) Installation space is shown in Fig.3-1 so as to ensure the heat diss ipation space, but cons ider the heat dissipation of other components when p lacing the inverter. 3) The inst allation bracket must be flame retardant . 4) Install the heat sink outside of the cabinet if the inverter is installed in t he area with metal powder. And in this case, the space inside the se aling cabinet shall be big enough. - 7- -8 -
  • 8.
    DZB Series Chapter 3 Mechanical and Ele ctrical Installation DZB Series Chapter 3 M echanic al and Electrical Installation 3.2 Electrical Installation 2) DZB 200J seri es in verter sta ndard wi ring diag ram. If onle using th e panel o perate the inv erte r,just wiri ng th e m ain circui t. Basic Wiring Diagra m Inverter wiring secton includes main circuit and control circuit.User can open the cover, brake resistance(option) looking at the maincircuit and control circuit terminals.User should be wiring follow the diagram Power source (1PH) below. BR+ BR- L L U 1) DZB200M series inverter standard wiring diagram.If onl e usi ng th e panel o perate th e inverter, just wiring th e ma in ci rcuit. V M brake resistance(option) N N Power source (3PH) BR+ BR- 230V series grounding resistance R R Multi- func tion input 1 should be below 100Ω U S1 400V series grounding resistance Multi- func tion input 2 should be below 10Ω S S V M S2 FM T T Multi- func tion input 3 S3 ACM Analog 0-10V/4~20mA output Multi- func tion input 4 S4 (F2 .22) 230V series grounding resistance M ul ti-f unc tion input 1 should be below 100Ω S1 D igita l s ignal c ommon A Multi-function indication 400V series grounding resistance ACM M ul ti-f unc tion input 2 should be below 10Ω (F2.01~F2 .04) output contact S2 C AC 250V 2A below FM DC 30V 2A below M ul ti-f unc tion input 3 B S3 ACM auxiliary po wer +12V (F2.21) Analog 0-10V/4~20mA output M ul ti-f unc tion input 4 S4 (F2.22) Multi-function PHC output terminal M ul ti-f unc tion input 5 A Multi-function indication 48V DC 50mA below S5 output contact (F2.19) M ul ti-f unc tion input 6 C AC 250V 2A below S6 DC 30V 2A below B (F2.21) D igita l s ignal common ACM 10V (F2. 01~ F2.06) Multi-function PHC output 3 AVI Analog voltage input 0~10V terminal 2 AI Potentiometer ACI Analog current input 1,2,6:GND 48V DC 50mA below 4~20mA CON3 (F2.19) 3:SG+ 1 4:SG- ACM 5:+5V 10V 6←1 3 AVI Analog voltage input RS-485 serial interface 0~10V 2 AI Potentiometer 1,2,6:GND shows main circuit shows control circuit ACI Analog current input 4~20mA CON3 3:SG+ Fig.3-2 200J Basic Wiring Diagram 1 4:SG- ACM 5:+5V 6←1 RS-485 serial interface shows main circuit shows control circuit Fig.3-2 Basic Wiring Diagram -9 - - 1 0-
  • 9.
    DZB Series Chapter 3 Mechanical and Ele ctrical Installation DZB Series Chapter 3 M echanic al and Electrical Installation Main Circuit Wiring Danger INPUT ★ Please confirm the mains vol tage level is same with that of the inverter, ot herwi se the inverter R( L) S T(N) may be damaged! ★ Make sure the ratings of the driven motor are i n compliance with the inverter, otherwi se the motor ma y be damaged or the inverter may be in protection status! ★ Do not confuse the input terminals with the output terminals (U, V, W), ot herwise the re will be danger of damaging the inverter! ★ Brake resistor cannot be c onnected between the DC bus terminals (+) and (-), otherwise fi re may occ ur! 1)Ma i n C i r cu it Te r mi na ls o f I n vert e r Terminals Descri ption R、S、T (L 、N) AC input line terminals U、V、W Motor connect ion B R + 、B R- Connection for the braking resistor (opti on) E Gr o un d 2)N ot e s o n Wi r i n g A. Input power supply L and N or R, S and T: There is no phase-ration requi rement for the input of inverter. C.Brake resistor term inals of( BR+)、(BR-) : The brake resist or terminal is effective only for the inve rte r of 15kW or bel ow and has a bui lt-in brake U V W BR+ BR- unit . Select the recommende d re sistor with the cable length of less than 5m, otherwi se the inverter may burn or be damaged. MOTOR R D. Inverter output U, V and W: Fig.3-4 Terminal Diagram Inverter output terminals cannot connect t o capacit ors or surge snub devices, otherwi se the inverter may be in protecti ve stat us or damaged. If the cables between the motor and t he inverter are too long, el ectrical resonance may occ ur due to the Danger distribut ed capacitance, which may result i n damaging the motor i nsul at ion or big l eakage current, so if the cable length is longer t han 100m, AC reactor must be i nstal led. ★ Wiring c an only be done after the mains input is cut off, otherwise there will be danger of electric shock! ★ Only qualified and trained engi neer can perform the wiring, otherwise there will be danger of el ectri c shock! ★ Grounding cable must be grounded, otherwise t here will be danger of electric shock or fire! -11- -1 2 -
  • 10.
    DZB Series Chapter 3 Mecha nical and Ele ctrical Installation DZB Series Cha pter 3 Mechanical and E lectrical Installation 3)No t e s o n C o ntro l Te r mi na l s : E. Grounding Terminal : Grounding Terminal must be connected to earth re liably and the grounding resistance shall be less than A) Analog input terminal: 5Ω, othe rwise the equipment may work abnormally or be dama ged. Do not share the PE and neutral line Sinc e the weak analog voltage signal is easily disturbed by external disturbance source, shielded cable of the mains supply. shall be used and the cable shall be a s short as possible and the length shall not exceed 20m, as shown in the figure 3-6: 5. Control Terminals and Wiring 1 )Layout of Control Terminals(Fig.3-4,Fig3-5): L ess than 20m 200M: A B C S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 AC M AI 10 V F M MO 1 M C M +10 V 200J: A B C S1 S2 S3 S4 AC M A C M A I 1 0 V F M M O 1 MC M + 1 2V DZB A n a l o g in p u t se l e ct sw i t c h AI Potentionme ter ACI AV I ACM 2 )Function of Control Terminals: Terminal Function MO 1-MCM Multi-function PHC output 1 A-B Multi-function indication output contact Refer toF2.19~F2.21 Fig. 3 -6 Analog Input Terminal of DZB Series Inverter B-C Multi-function indication output contact If the analog signal is severely disturbed, filter capacitor or ferrite core shall be ins talledat the analog S1-DCM Multi-function input 1 signa l source as shown in the Fig. 3-7: S2-DCM Multi-function input 2 S3-DCM Multi-function input 3 Refer to F2.01~F2.06 S4-DCM Multi-function input 4 Wind 2 - 3 turns S5-DCM Multi-function input 5 AI C S6-DCM Multi-function input 6 External analog source DZB +12V Auxiliary control power source ACM 0~10 V (Max. output freq.) Input Ferrite core AVI-ACM 0.022 uF、5 0V Analog signal input ACI-ACM 4~20mA /0~10V Input Analog signal output 4~20mA /0~10V Output FM-ACM Refer to F2.22 Fig. 3 -7 Analog Input Terminal With Filter devices 10V~ACM Power supply for speed setting +10 V (20 mA max. output current) B) Digi tal input terminal: The inverter judges the ON/OFF status of these terminals by receiving the digi tal signal. Hence, all the external contactors are those with high reliability of weak signal conduct ion. If th e open collector is employed to provi de ON/OFF signal for the inverter digital input terminal, then it shall be considered that there is er ror operation caus ed by power supply interfer ence. It is recommended to use contact control mode. C) Digi tal Output terminal: When digital output terminal dri ves a relay, the coil of the relay shall be installed a snubbing diode, otherwise the DC 24V power supply may be damaged. - 1 3- -1 4-
  • 11.
    DZB Series C hapter 3 Mechanical and Electr ical Insta llation DZB Series Chapter 3 M echanic al and Electrical Installation 2) Reducing the dis turbance to the in ver ter from othe r equipme nt Note: Pay attention to the polarity of the dio de as shown in the figur e 3-8. Otherwise if the digital The re lay, contactor or ele ctro nic -magnetic br aking device wil l disturb t he inve rter. output terminal has output, the DC24V power supply will be damaged. Take the following actions to solve this issue: A) Ins tall surge suppre ssing d evices to the disturbing device B) Ins tall filter t o the input of the inverter C) Inverte r's control ca bles shall be shielded a nd t he shielding layer shal l be grounded DZB300 EV 3) Met hod to reduce the di sturbance from the i nverter to the equipment Two kinds of noises, one is the ra diation from the inverter it self, and a nother is the radiation from the Relay Diode cable betwee n the in ve rter and the moto r. T hese two k inds of ra diations induce the cables of the equipm en t and make the equipment work abnormally. Follo wing m ethod can be used: MO 1 A) If the mea sur ing me ters, radio equipment and sensors and their signal cables are installed in a cabinet together with the drive, these equip me nt c ables will be eas ily disturbed. Take the actions below to s olve the problem: The equipment and the signal cables should be as far away from the inverter as possible; Si gnal cable s and power cabl es shall not be route d in paral lel or boun d together; MC M The signal and power c ables should be shie lde d; Install radio noise filter and linear noise filter at the input and output sides of the inverte r B) If the externa l equipme nt shar es a same AC supply wi th t he inverte r, and the above cannot eliminate Fig. 3 -8 Digital Input Ter minal of DZ B Ser ies Inverter the disturbance, the n the user should install a linear filte r or a radio noise filter. C) Ground the exter nal equipment an d elimina te the disturbance of the leaka ge cur rent from t he 6. EMC Issues inverter's grounding cable . 6 . 1 Influence of Harmonics 1) The h igh frequency harmoni cs of m ains supply will influence the rectifying circuit of t he inverter. 6.3 Leakage current The harmonics will heat t he rectifying circuit and even damage the circuit. So, it is recommended to The inver ter has two ki nds of leakage curre nt, one is the grounding leakage c urrent and anoth er is the install the filt ering device in the envi ronment where the power quality i s poor. lea kage current between the lines: 2) Since the in verter output has high frequency harmonics, the output cannot be ins talled with 1) Grounding leakage curr ent: capacitor or surge s uppressing devices because the cap acitor and s urge suppressing device may The distributed capacitance exist s between the cables an d the ground, and the bigger the capa citance resonate the circuit and damage the equipment. and the bigger th e leakage current, s o th e motor cables should be as short as possible. B esides , the bigger the ca rrier frequency is, the bigger the leakage current i s, so the us er can also reduc e the carr ier 6. 2 EMI wa ve f requency, but the motor noise ma y increase . Installing re actor can also reduc e the leakage current. 1) Two kinds of EM I, one is the EMI around the inverter and distu rbs the inverter. T his kind of E MI is The le akage cur rent is increased wit h the incre ase of the circuit curren t, so the l eakage curren t is big if weak, besides the in verter has been designed with strong immunity. Another i s the E MI from the the motor power is big. inverter that m ay influence the equipment around the inverter. The inve rter its elf is a disturbance 2) Lea kage current between lines: source b ecaus e it outputs PWM wave through high carrier frequency, so solving the EMI issue is The distributed capacitance exist s in the inver ter抯 o utput cables, and resonanc e may occur if high mainly to reduce the EMI of inverter. fre quency ha rmonics e xist in the current, thus the lea kage current occurs, which may result in the wrong M ethods: action of relay. A) Inverter an d oth er equipment shall be well grounded and the gr ounding res istance shall be less than The method to solve this issue is to r educe the car rier fre que ncy or install the output reactor. I t is 5ohm. recommende d to us e inver ter抯 protection fun ction i nst ead of a thermal rela y to protect the motor before B ) Inverter's power cables shall be vertical instead of parallel with the control cables. using the inverter. C ) For the app lication with strong dis turbance, the power cables from the motor to the inverter shall b e shielded and the shi elding layer shall be gr ounded. D) The cables of disturbed equi pment shall be twisted shielded ca bles and the shiel ding layer s hall be gr ounde d. -15- -1 6-
  • 12.
    DZB Series Chapter 4 Op eration and Display DZB Series Chap ter 4 Operation a nd Displa y Chapter 4 Digital Keypad Operation Expl anati on of Screen Display 4.1 Description of the Digital Keypad 1. Explanation of Displayed Messages on Running status( r efer to F 3.05): ● Digital Keypad Pa rts and Functi ons This digit al keypad module includes two pa rts: display pa nel an d a keypad. Th e displa y panel Displayed Displayed Message Operati on Symbol allo ws th e user to program th e AC d rive, as well as view the d ifferent ope rating p ara me ters. The keypad is t he user interface to the AC motor drive. Refer to the following f igu re for a de scription Sett ing frequency Press“ QUICK ”key FUNC DATA JOG of t he d ifferent parts. Running freque ncy Press“ QUICK ”key FUNC DATA JOG Dig ital Ope rator Output current Press“ QUICK ”key FUNC DATA JOG LED dispaly Display the current running 8. 8. 8. 8 Digital display Display output frequency、 Output voltage Press“ QUICK ”key FUNC DATA JOG status of Inverter: RU N STOP FW D R EV current、parameter setting run、stop 、forward 、reverse and fault content。 Running speed Press“ QUICK ”key FUNC DATA JOG PRG M RU N Program key R ES ET Run/move key Press“ QUICK ”key FUNC Actual val ue of de la y time DATA JOG F UN C DAT A S TOP Function/Data key Stop/reset key Sett ing of delay time Press“ QUICK ”key FUNC DATA JOG Up and down keys DC bus voltage Press“ QUICK ”key FUNC DATA JOG Panel potentiometer FRE Q.SET PID setpoint Press“ QUICK ”key FUNC DATA JOG PID feedback Press“ QUICK ”key FUNC DATA JOG F ig.4-1 Operation Panel Schematic Diagram VI value Press“ QUICK ”key FUNC DATA JOG CI value Press“ QUICK ”key FUNC DATA JOG Key Description Current se gment of Press“ QUICK ”key FUNC mult i- speed control DATA JOG PRGM Program / Reset RESET First-stage menu ent ry or exit. 2. Explanation of Displayed M essa ges on Stop status ( refer to F3 .06): Fu nction / Data Displ ayed Displa yed Message Operation Di splays informati on on the A C dri ve stat us such a s the reference frequency,out put Sym bol FUNC fre quency, or output current in the normal mode. Whil e the dri ve is in the Program Mode, DATA Sett ing frequency Press“ QUICK ”key FUNC DATA JOG press this key once to display the current parameters. After changing the parameters, press this key agai n to store the new parameters. DC bus voltage Press“ QUICK ”key FUNC DATA JOG Run Input terminal status Press“ QUICK ”key FUNC DATA JOG RUN Used t o start t he AC drive operati on. Output terminal status Press“ QUICK ”key FUNC DATA JOG This key has no effect when t he drive is set to terminal run. PID setpoint Press“ QUICK ”key FUNC DATA JOG S top Used t o stop the AC drive operation. PID feedback Press“ QUICK ”key FUNC STOP DATA JOG If t he AC drive has st opped due to a fault, press this button to reset the drive. Press“ QUICK ”key FUNC VI value DATA JOG CI value Press“ QUICK ”key FUNC Up / Down DATA JOG Press t he "Up" or " Down" but ton to change parameter settings. Curr ent segment of Press“ QUICK ”key FUNC These keys may also be used to scroll through diff erent operat ing values or parameters. multi-speed control DATA JOG - 17- -1 8 -
  • 13.
    DZB Series Chapte r 4 O peration and Displ ay DZB Series Cha pter 4 Operat ion and Display 4. 2 Modify and Check t he Function Codes In third level menu, if the parameter has no f lash bit, it m eans the function c ode ca nnot b e changed and DZB 200 series inverter's operation panel uses 3-level m enu to conduct pa rameter set tings. the possible reas ons are: 3-level menu: functio n parameter group (firs t level ) →function code (second level)→ settin g of 1) This parameter of this function code cannot be changed, such as the act ually d etected para meter and fu nction code (third level). Operation procedure is shown in Fig. 4-2. running re cord parameter. 2) This function code cannot be changed in oper ating status and can only be changed when the inverter 50.00 Digital display is stopped. 4.3 How to View Statu s Parameters PRGM PRGM RESET RESET When DZB Series inverter is in the stop or running statu s, several status parameter of the inverter can be displayed on the LED nixie tube. Pressing the keyDATA can displa y the stop or running status parameters. 1 s t level men u F0 There are nine s top status parameters to be displayed in the s top status, Setting frequency,DC bus voltage, M odify parameter group Input terminal s tatus,Output terminal status,PID setpoint,PID feedback,VI value,CI value,Current segment PRGM FUNC QU ICK of multi-s peed control . RESET DATA JOG DZBSeries inverter has f ifteen running status parameters to be displayed in the running status, Setting frequency,Running frequency,Output current,Output voltage,Running speed,Actual v alue of delay time, 2nd level menu F0.07 Setting of delay time,DC bus voltage,PID setpo int,PID feedback,Input te rminal status,Output term inal status, M odify funct ion code VI value, CI value,Current segment of multi-speed control . PRGM RESET FUNC QU ICK DATA JOG If the inverter is powered on again aft er power-off, the paramet ers dis played are defaulted as those sele cted before the power-off. 4.4 Password Setting 3 rd level men u 050.00 M odify value of function code DZ B200 inverte r provides passwor d protecti on for use rs. When F3.00 i s not zero, that is the user password, Fi g. 4-2 Operation Procedures for 3-level Menu and the password protection function is valid once exiti ng t he f unction code editing status. If the user presses PRG again, the inverter shall display “------ ”, and the user can only e nter the menu after Note: W hen operating 3-level menu, press ing PR G or DATA can return to second level menu. The difference is: pressing DATA will save the param eters and return to second level m enu and then shift inputting the user password. Otherwise, the user ca nnot enter. to the next function code, while pressing PRG will return to second leve l menu without saving the If t he user want s to cancel the password protec tion func tion, F3.00 should be set 0. parameters. E xample: Change the setting of F1.02 from 10.00Hz t o 15.00Hz. (Bold means flash bit.) 50.00 PRGM PRGM RESET RESET F0 F1 PRGM RESET F1 F1.03 FUNC QUICK FUNC QU ICK DATA JOG DATA J OG F1.00 15 .00 FU ICK QUNC RUN DATA JO G F1.02 10.00 10 .00 Fig. 4-3 Exampl e for P arameter Changing -19- -2 0-
  • 14.
    DZB Series Chapter 5 Functio n Parame ters List DZB Series Chapter 5 Function Parameters List Chapter 5 Function parameters list Function Settin g Range Default Modifi Serial Code Nam e Value ca tio n No DZB200series i nvert er funct ion para meters, which are grouped by func ti ons, have F0-F0 total 7 groups. Each functi on group includes a numbe r of function codes, which adopt s t hree-stage menu, for i nstance, F0 Basic Function Parameters “F4.08”means the 8th function code of F4th function. F0.0 0 Contr ol mode 1:V/F control 1 ● 0. For the convenience of setting function code by using operation panel, the function group number is 0:Keyb oard corresponding to Stage 1 menu, the function code is cor responding to Stage 2 menu and the function code Runni ng Co mmand so urce F0.01 1:Te rmin al 0 ● 1. parameter is corresponding to Stage 3 menu. selecti on 1. The column of function table i s describe d as follows: 2:485 Commu nication The 1st column “Function Code ” is the functi on parameter group a nd parameter code. 0:Valid, and in verter memorize when po wer down The 2nd column “Name” is the complete name of the function parameter. Keyboard and ter mina l 1:Valid, and in verter does n ot The 3rd column “Set ting Range” is the effective setting value range of the funct ion parameter, F0.02 UP/DOWN setting 0 ※ 2. memorize when power down shown on the operation panel LCD. 2:Invalid The 4th “Default” is the ori ginal factory setting value of this funct ion parameter. The 5th “Modifi cation” is the modification performance of the function parameter (i.e. whether 0:Keyb oard or not it is permitted to modify and the modification condit ions), explained as follows, 1:Panle poten tiome ter VI “※ ”: indicates that the setting value of t his paramete r can be modified when t he inverter is 2:External terminal AI ei ther in stop or operating status; Fr equency command F0.03 3:Reserved 0 ※ 3. “● ”: means that the setting value of this parameter cannot be modified when the inverter is in Selection operati ng status; 4:Multi-speed “**”: means t hat t his parameter is a test value which cannot be modi fied. 5:PID control “##”:means that thi s parameter only can be modifi ed by manufacturer. 6:485 Commu nication (Inverter ha s done the automatic det ection restriction to the modification performance of each parameter, F0.04 Maxim um outpu t freq uency 10.00~600.00Hz 50.00Hz ● 4. hel ping user to prevent mis-modification.) F0.05 Upper lim it frequency F0.06~F0.04 50.00Hz ※ 5. The 6th column “Serial No” is t he number of function code at the storage inside. 2.“Default” indicates the value of the function code after it is refreshed while doing the mani pulation of F0.06 Lower lim it frequency 0.0 0 Hz~F0.05 0.00Hz ※ 6. rest oring the fact ory parameters; but the actually detected parameters or record values ca nnot be r efreshed. F0.07 Keyboard freq uency setting 0.0 0 Hz~F0.04 50.00Hz ※ 7. 3.In order t o e ffectivel y prot ec t the parameters, the inverter provides the crypt oguard for the funct ion code. 0.1 ~360.0s F0.08 ACCEL time 1 10.0s ※ 8. After the user's password is set up (i.e. user's passw ord F3.00 parameter is not 0), when the user press PRG F0.09 DECEL time 1 0.1 ~360.0s 10.0s ※ 9. button to enter function code edit status, the system first ent ers the user's password verificati on status, 0:Operating at de fau lt directio n displaying “-----”, and the operator must input correctly the user's password, otherwise it is impossible to Operation d irection ent er. At the state that t he cryptoguard is not locked, the user's password can be modified at any time, and t he F0.10 1:Operating at r everse d irection 2 ● 10 . selecti on one finally input will be t he user's password. If F3.00 is set as 0, t he user's password can be cancell ed; when 2:NO inverse ope rating t he pow er is on, if F3.00 is not 0, parame ters are protected by password. S et by F0.11 Carr ie r frequency setting 1.0 ~15.0kHz model ※ 11. 4. When modify parameter using seri al communicati on, usage of user password al so abide above principle. 0:NO operation Fun ctiona l parameters F0.12 1:Restore defaul t value 0 ● 12 . restoration 2:Delete fai lure records 0:Invalid F0.13 AVR selection 1:Valid all the ti me 1 ※ 13 . 2:Invalid during deceleration - 21- -2 2 -
  • 15.
    DZB Series Chapter 5 Functio n Parame ters List DZB0 Series Chapter 5 Function Parameters List Function Settin g Range Defa ult Modifi Serial Function Setting R ange De fault Modifi Serial Code Name Value cation No Code Name Value cat ion No 0:Direct start M utual inductance o f Set by F1.0 9 0.1 ~999.9m H ※ 35 . m otor stator/rotor mode l 1:DC br aking first and then sta rt F0.14 Start M ode 0 ● 14. 0.01~99.99 A Set by F1.1 0 No-l oad current ※ 36 . 2:Run ning speed pick-u p and mode l then st art F1.11 Reserved 37 . F0.15 Start freq uency 0.5~99.99Hz 0.50Hz ※ 15. Speed loo p proportional F1.1 2 0 ~100 30 ※ 38 . gain1 Hold time of start F0.16 0.0~50.0s 0.0 s ※ 16. frequ ency F1.1 3 Speed loo p integral ti me 1 0.01~10.00 s 0.50s ※ 39 . Bra king current Switching low F0.17 be fore starti ng 0.0~150.0% 0.0% ※ 17. F1.1 4 0.00Hz~F1.1 7 5.0Hz ※ 40 . point frequency Bra king time Speed loo p proportional F0.18 be fore starti ng 0.0~50.0s 0.0 s ※ 18. F1.1 5 0 ~100 25 ※ 41 . gain 2 0:DECEL Stop Speed loo p integral F1.1 6 0.01~10.00 s 1.0 0s ※ 42 . F0.19 Stop M ode 0 ※ 19. time 2 1:Free run S top Switching hi gh Beginning Frequency of F1.1 7 F1.14~99.99Hz 10.0Hz ※ 43 . F0.20 0.00~99.99Hz 0.0Hz ※ 20. point frequency braking VC slip compensa ting 50 %~200% F0.21 Waiting time of b raking 0.0~50.0s 0.0 s ※ 21. F1.1 8 100% ※ 44 . factor F0.22 DC bra ki ng current 0.0~150.0% 0.0% ※ 22. 0.0~200.0% F1.1 9 Upper tor que limit setting (inverter rated curre nt) 160.0% ※ 45 . F0.23 DC bra ki ng time 0.0~50.0s 0.0 s ※ 23. 0 :Linear V/F cur ve Dead time betwee n F1.2 0 V/F curve setting 0 ● 46 . F0.24 0.0~360.0s 0.0 s ※ 24. forward a nd reverse 1 :square torque V/F curve 0:Te rminal command in valid F1.2 1 Torque boost 0.0%:(au to) 0.1%~30.0% 0 ※ 47 . Terminal command when power on F0.25 prote ction when 0 ※ 25. 0.0%~50.0% (relative to motor po wer on 1:Te rminal command valid when F1.2 2 Torque boost cut-o ff rated frequency) 20 .0% ● 48 . power on F1.2 3 V/F slip comp ensati on limit 0.0 ~200.0% 100% ※ 49 . F1 Motor Parameters 0:N o Operation F1.00 Rese rved 26. Energy Con servation F1.2 4 0 ※ 50 . Selection 1:Ene rgy Conservation Set by F1.01 Motor rated po wer 0.4~55.0kW mode l ● 27. F2 Input and Output Terminal Function Parameters F1.02 Motor rated frequ ency 0.01Hz ~F0.04 50 .00Hz ● 28. Set by F2.0 0 On-off sig nal filter times 1 ~10 5 ※ 51 . F1.03 Motor rated speed 0~9999r pm ● 29. mode l Set by S1 Termina l Functio n 0:N o Function F1.04 Motor rated voltage 0~460V ● 30. F2.0 1 1 ● 52 . mode l Selection Set by 1:Forw ard F1.05 Motor rated curre nt 0.1~100.0A mode l ● 31. S2 Termina l Functio n F2.0 2 2:R everse 2 ● 53 . Set by Selection F1.06 Motor sta tor resistan ce 0.001~9.999Ω mode l ※ 32. Set by S3 Termina l Functio n 3:thre e-wire control F1.07 M otor rotor resistance 0.001~99.99Ω ※ 33. F2.0 3 4 ● 54 . m ode l Selection 4:Forw ard Jogging M otor stator/rotor Set by S4 Termina l Functio n F1.08 0.1~999.9mH ※ 34. F2.0 4 7 ● 55 . in ductan ce m ode l Selection 5:R everse Jogging - 23- -2 4 -
  • 16.
    DZB Series Chapter 5 Functio n Parame ters List DZB Series Chapter 5 Function Parameters L ist Function Settin g Range Defa ult Modifi Serial Function Settin g R ange De fault Modifi Ser ial Code Name Value cation No Code Name Value cation No S5 Termina l Function 6:Free run stop F2. 14 AI l ower limit 0.0 V ~10.0V 0.0V ※ 65. F2.05 12 ● 56. Selection 7:Failure reset AI l ower limit F2.15 corresponding setting -100 .0%~100. 0% 0.0 % ※ 66. S6 Termina l Function F2.06 8:External fa ult input 13 ● 57. Selection F2.16 AIupper limit 0.0 V ~10.0V 10.0V ※ 67. 9:Frequen cy se tting (UP) AI upper li mit F2.17 -100 .0%~100. 0% 10 0.0% ※ 68. corresponding setting 10 :Frequency setting(DOWN) F2.18 AI i nput fi ltering time 0.0 s~ 10.0s 0.1s ※ 69. 11:Freq uency up/down setting clear F2.19 Mo1outpu t selection 0:N O outpu t 1 ※ 70. 12:Multi-Spee d Termina l 1 1 :Fre quency reaches F2.20 Reserved 71. 13:Multi-Spee d Termina l 2 F2.21 Relay output selection 2 :FDT output 3 ※ 72. 14:Multi-Spee d Termina l 3 3 :Fault o utput 15:ACCEL/DE CEL Time sel ection 4 :Mo tor running f orward 16:PID control pause 17:Tra verse pa use at curren t 5 :Mo tor running reve rse frequency 6 :Null sp eed operating 18:Tra verse reset 7 :Upper limit frequency reach es 19:ACCEL/DE CEL forbid 8 :Lower limit frequency reach es 20:Reserved 9 ~10:Reserved 21:Exter nal accel ter minal 11:High pressure reaches 22:Exter nal decel termin al detect ion(NC) 12 :Low pressure rea ches 23:Del ay time setti ng ( up) detect ion(NC) 24:Delay time set ting (down) 13 :High pressure reache s detect ion(NO) 25:Prog ra mme r unning r eset 14 :Low pressure rea ches 26:Prog ra mme r unning i nvalid detect ion(NO) 0:two-wi re contro l 1 15 :Sleeping ala rms i nd ication 1:two-wi re contro l 2 16 :No water ala rms i ndica tion Terminal con tro l F2.07 0 ● 58 . m ode 2:three-wi re contro l 1 17 :No zero speed 3:three-wi re contro l 2 18 :Running UP/DOWN frequen cy 0 :Setting freq uen cy F2.08 0.0 1~99.99Hz/s 0.50Hz/s ※ 59 . in cremen t varia ble rate 1 :Running fre que ncy F2.09 VI lower li mi t 0.0 V~10.0V 0.0V ※ 60 . 2 :Output current VI lower li mi t F2.10 -100 .0%~100.0% 0.0% ※ 61 . 3 :Output voltage corre sp onding setting F2.11 VI uppe r limit 0.0 V~10.0V 10.0V ※ 62 . 4 :Running speed FM Analog output F2.22 0 ※ 73. selecti on 5 :Output p ower VI upper limit F2.12 -100.0%~ 100.0% 100.0% ※ 63 . corresp onding setting 6 :Output torque F2.13 V I input fi lterin g time 0.0s~10.0 s 0.1 s ※ 64. 7 :VI input value - 25- -2 6 -
  • 17.
    DZB Series Chapter 5 Function Parameters L ist DZB Series Chapter 5 Function Parameters List Function Settin g Ran ge De fault Modifi Serial Function Setting Range Default Modifi Serial Code Name Value cation No Code Name Value ca tio n No 8:AI input value 7:DC bus voltage 128 9~10 :Reserved 8:PID set point 256 F2.23 AO L ower limit 0. 0%~100.0% 0.0% ※ 74. 9:PID feedbac k 512 Lo wer limit corresponding 10:Reserved F2.24 AO o utpu t 0. 0V~10.0V 0.0V ※ 75. 11:Reserved F2.25 AO Upper limit 0. 0%~100.0% 100.0% ※ 76. 12: VI value 4096 Upper limit corresponding F2.26 0. 0V~10.0V 10.0V ※ 77. AO o utpu t 13: AI value 8192 F3 Human Machine Interface Parameter s 14: Current segment of multi-speed control 16384 F3.00 User password 0~9999 0 ※ 78. Setting frequency 1 F3.01 Reserved 79. Stop status display F3.06 par ameter option DC bus volt age 2 255 ※ 84. F3.02 Reserved 80. Input terminal status 4 0:Keypad control valid Output terminal status 8 1:Keypad an d termi nal control vali d PI D setpoint 16 F3.03 STOP fun ction option 0 ※ 81. 2:Keypad an d commu nication PI D feedback 32 control val id VI value 64 3:Al l co ntrol m odes valid AI value 128 0:external keyboard preferential ENB C urrent segment of multi-speed control 256 1:Local a nd exter nal keyboard sim ultaneous display, only Act ual delay time 512 external key-pr ess is valid. Sett ing delay t ime 1024 F3.04 Keypad d isplay option 2:Local p anel an d external 0 ※ 82. keyboard sim ultaneous disp lay, operation st atus display F3.07 p r eferential option 0- 14 (0: in vali d) 0 ※ 85 . only Local key-press is valid. 3:Local and external keyboard F3.08 IGBT mo dule temperatur e 0~100.0℃ ** 86. simultaneous display, and all key-presses are valid (both are F3.09 Software version ** 87. OR logical relation) Accumulative op erating F3.10 0~9999h 0 ** 88. Displayed M essage Co de time 0:Set ting frequency The fault before pr evious 0:No fault 1 F3.11 ** 89. fault type 1:IGBT U p hase protecti on(E009) 1:Running f requency 2 F3.12 Previous faul t type 2:IGBT V pha se pro tection (E019) ** 90. operat ion status display 2:O utput current 4 F3.05 parameter option 255 ※ 83. Current fault type 3:IGBT W ph ase protection(E0 29) 3:O utput voltage 8 F3.13 ** 91. 4:Running speed 4:Acce leration over -current(E004) 16 5:Actual delay t ime 32 5:Deceleration o ve r-curre nt(E005) 6:Set ting delay time 64 6:Constan t speed o ver-current (E0 06) - 27- -2 8 -
  • 18.
    DZB Series Chapter 5 Functio n Parame ters List DZB Series Chapter 5 Function Parameters List Function Setting Range Default Modifi Serial Function Setting Range Default Modifi Serial Code Name Value cation No Code Name Value ca tio n No 7:Accelerati on over-voltage(E002) F4.0 5 Skip fre quency 0.00~F0.04 0.0 0Hz ※ 102. 8:D ecelera tion over-voltage (E00A) F4.0 6 Skip fre quency r ange 0.00~99.99 Hz 0.0 0Hz ※ 103. 9:C onstant speed o ver-voltage 0.0 ~10 0.0% F4.0 7 Traver se frequency range ( relative to set fr equen cy) 0.0% ※ 104. ( E003) 10 :Bu s under-voltage fault(E001) 0.0 ~50 .0%( relative to traverse F4.0 8 Kick frequency range fr equency r ange) 0.0% ※ 105. 11:Motor o verload(E007) Traverse frequency up 12 :Inverter o verl oad(E008) F4.0 9 0.1~360.0s 5.0 s ※ 106. time 13 :Inpu t side phase failure(E012) Traverse frequen cy down F4.1 0 0.1~360.0s 5.0 s ※ 107. time 14 :Outpu t side phase failure(E013) F4.11 Fault auto -reset times 0~3 0 ※ 108. 15 :Diode module ove rheat fault ( E0 0E) Interval ti me setting of F4.12 0.1~100.0s 1.0 s ※ 109. automatic resetting fault 16 :IGBT modul e overheat fault ( E0 1E) F4.13 FDT l evel detection value 0.00~ F0.04 50.00Hz ※ 110. 17 :Externa l fault(E017) F4.14 FDT d elay detection va lue 0.0~10 0.0%(FD T leve l) 5.0% ※ 111. 18 :Communi cation fault(E018) Frequency reaching F4.15 0.0~10 0.0%(maximum fre quency) 0.0% ※ 112. detection ran ge 19 :Current detect error(E015) 115.0~140.0%(standard DC bus 130.0% 20 :Motor self-l earni ng error (E016) Brake Threshold voltage) 380V F4.16 Va lue Voltage ※ 113. 21 :EEPROM operation e rror 115.0~140.0%(standard DC bus 120.0% ( E0 0F) voltage) 220V 22 :PID fe edback disconne ct err or 0.1~99 9.9% ( E0 2E) Speed display F4.17 Speed=120×running 100.0% ※ 114. 23 :Br aking uni t error(E01A) ratio frequency×F4.17/pole number 24 :Reserved 0:Given by Keyboard(F4.19) Operating frequency at 1:Given by panel potentiometer VI F3.14 0.00Hz ** 92. current fault PID setpoint 2:Given by external te rminal AI Output amperage at F4.18 Sources Option 0 ● 115. F3.15 0.0A ** 93. current fault 3:Given by Remote Bus voltage at current fault Communication F3.16 0.0V ** 94. 4:Multi-seg setpoint F3.17 Setting del ay ti me 0~9999s 0 ※ 95. F4.19 Preset PID setpoint 0.0%~100.0 % 0.0% ※ 116. F3.18 Setting uni t of d elay time 0~3 0 ※ 96. 0 :Reserved F4 Application Func tion Parameters PID Feedback 1 :AI Feedback F4.00 ACCEL Ti me 2 0.1~ 360.0s 10.0s ※ 97. F4.20 Sources Option 0 ● 117. 2 :Reserved F4.01 DECEL Ti me 2 0.1~ 360.0s 10.0s ※ 98. 3 :Communication fe edback F4.02 Jogging frequency 0.00 ~F0.04 5.00Hz ※ 99. PID Output Characteristics 0 :positi ve F4.03 Jogging ACCEL time 0.1~ 360.0s 10.0s ※ 100. F4.21 Option 0 ● 118. 1 :negative F4.04 Jogging DECEL time 0.1~ 360.0s 10.0s ※ 101. - 29- -3 0 -
  • 19.
    DZB Series Chapter 5 Functio n Parame ters List DZB Series Chapter 5 Function Parameters List Function Setting Range Default Modifi Serial Function Setting Range Default Modifi Serial Code Name Value cation No Code Name Value ca tio n No F4.22 Proportional gain (Kp) 0.0 0~99.99 1.00 ※ 119. F6 Communication Parameters F4.23 Integral time (Ti) 0.0 1~10.00s 0.10s ※ 120. F6.00 Co mmunication Address 1~247,0 is th e broadcast address 1 ※ 142. F4.24 Differential time (Td) 0.0 0~10.00s 0.00s ※ 121. 0:120 0BPS F4.25 Sampling cycle time (T) 0.0 1~99.99s 0.10s ※ 122. 1:240 0BPS PID control 2:480 0BPS F4.26 discrepancy li mit 0.0 ~100.0% 0.0 % ※ 123. F6.01 Baud rate setting 3 ※ 143. 3:960 0BPS Feedback disconnection F4.27 0.0 ~100.0% 0.0 % ※ 124. detecting value 4:192 00BPS Feedba ck disconnection 5:384 00BPS F4.28 0.0 ~360.0s 1.0 s ※ 125. detecting ti me 0:No ch eck(N,8,1)for RTU F4.29 Multi -Speed 0 -100.0~1 00.0% 0.0% ※ 126. F6.02 Data pattern 1:Odd check( E,8 ,1)fo r RTU 0 ※ 144. F4.30 Multi -Speed 1 -100.0~1 00.0% 0.0% ※ 127. 2:Even che ck(O,8,1)fo r RTU F4.31 Multi -Speed 2 -100.0~1 00.0% 0.0% ※ 128. 3:No check( N,8,2)for RTU F4.32 Multi -Speed 3 -100.0~1 00.0% 0.0% ※ 129. 4:Od d check(E,8,2) for RTU F4.33 Multi -Speed 4 -100.0~1 00.0% 0.0% ※ 130. 5:Even check(O,8,2) for RTU F4.34 Multi -Speed 5 -100.0~1 00.0% 0.0% ※ 131. 6:No check( N,7,1)for ASCII F4.35 Multi -Speed 6 -100.0~1 00.0% 0.0% ※ 132. 7:Od d check(E,7,1) for ASCII F4.36 Multi -Speed 7 -100.0~1 00.0% 0.0% ※ 133. 8:Even check(O,7,1) for ASCII F5 Protection Parameter s 9:No check( N,7,2)for ASCII 0:No prote ction 10:Odd check(E,7,2) for ASCII Motor Overl oad F5.00 1:Normal motor 1 ● 134. P rotection Option 11:Even check( O,7,2)for ASCII 2:Variable Frequency motor 12:No che ck(N ,8,1) for ASCII Motor Overl oad 20.0% ~120.0% F5.01 (mot or r ated current) 10 0.0% ※ 135. 13:Odd check(E,8,, 1)for ASCII P rotection Current P ower- down Fr equency 70.0~110.0%(sta nda rd bus 14:Even check( O,8,1 )for ASCI I F5.02 Drop Point volta ge) 80.0% ※ 136. 15:No che ck(N ,8,2) for ASCII Instant powe r-do wn F5.03 Frequ ency dro p rate 0.0 0Hz~ 99.99Hz 0.0Hz ※ 137. 16:Odd check(E,8,2) for ASCII 0:prohibit 17:Even check( O,8,2 )for ASCI I Over -voltage F5.04 0 ※ 138. S tall Protection 1:allow Co mmunication F6.03 0~200 ms 5ms ※ 145. response delay Over -voltage Stall 110~150%(380V) 120% F5.05 ※ 139. Co mmunication P rotection Vo ltage F6.0 4 0.0(invalid),0.1~ 100.0s 0.0s ※ 146. 110~150%(220V) 115% overtime fault time F5.06 Over -cur rent stall setting 100~ 200% 150% ※ 140. 0: Alarm and free ru n stop Over -cur rent gain settin g Co mmunication 1: No al arm an d keep run ning F5.07 0~100 20 ※ 141. F6.05 err or mea sure to avoi d of stalling 2: No al arm an d stop accor ding to 1 ※ 147. stop mode(by communication) - 31- -3 2 -
  • 20.
    DZB Series Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription DZB Series Chapter 6 Parameter Description Chapter 6 Parameter Description Function Sett ing Range D efault Modifi Seria l Cod e Name Value cation N o F0 Basic Function Parame ters 3: No alar m an d stop accor ding to st op mode(by all control mode) Functio n Setting Range Default Cod e Name Value 0: Respons e when wr ite Response F6.06 0 ※ 148. F0.00 Control mode 1:V/F contr ol 1 measure 1: No response when write V/F Control Mode V/F c ontrol mode is suitable for the application w hich does not require hi gh control accuracy, e.g. pump and fans, and al so suitabl e for cases with one i nverter driving multiple motors. Functio n Setting Range Default Cod e Name Value 0:Ke yb oard Command source F0.0 1 1:Termin al 0 selecti on 2:485 communication P ath Sel ection for the i nverter Control Command 0: Keyboard Command Path The buttons RUN and STOP on the keyboard are for operation control. 1:Terminal Command Path Multifunction input terminals of forward, reverse, forward j ogging, reverse jogging and so on, perform the opera tion command control. 2:Communi cation Command Path Operation command control is performe d t hrough communication pattern by upper level machine. Functio n Setting Range Default Cod e Name Value 0:Ke yb oard and terminal UP/DOWN setting Keyboard and terminal F0.02 1:Valid, a nd inverter do es n ot 0 UP/DOWN setting memorize whe n power down 2:Invalid DZB200series inverter can set up the frequency though "∧" a nd " ∨" buttons on t he keyboard and t erminal UP/ DOWN (Frequency setting increase /Frequency set ti ng decrease), a nd as it has the hi ghest purview, it can combi ne with any other frequency setting path to mainly accomplishes the fine adjustment of inverter output fre quency during control system c ommissioning. - 33- -3 4 -
  • 21.
    DZB Series Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription DZB Series Chapter 6 Parameter Description 0: Val id, and the inverter memorizes when power down. Able to set up frequency command, and memorize 6:Remote communicati on thi s set frequency when the invert er is power down. When the power is back,automatically combine it with The frequency command is given in the communication mode by upper position machine.For det ails, current frequency sett ing. please refer to “DZB Seri es inverter ModBus Communi cation Protocol”. 1: Val id, and the inverter does not memori ze when power i s down. Able to set up frequency,but when the Functio n Setting Range Default inverte r power is down, thi s frequency setti ng i s not memorized. Cod e Name Value 2: Invalid. The frequency set through keyboard and terminal UP/DOWN is autom atical ly cleared,and the F0.04 Maximum output frequen cy 10 .00~ 600.00H z 50.00Hz settings through keyboard and terminal UP/DOWN are i nvalid. Note: After the user restores t he defaul t val ue s of inverter function paramete rs, th e frequency It is used to set up t he maximum out put frequency of inverter. P lease note that, it is the ba sis of frequency val ue, set through keyboard and termi nal UP/DOWN, is automat icall y cl eared. setting and acceleration/de cel eration speed. Functio n Setting Range Default Function Default Cod e Name Value Name Setting Range Code Value F0.05 Upper limit frequency F0.06~F0.04 50.00Hz 0: Keyboard 1: Panel pote ntiome ter VI It is the upper li mit of inverter output frequenc y, w hich should be less t han or equal to the maxi mum 2: External terminal AI output frequency. Frequency command F0.03 3: Reserved 0 Functio n Default Sele cti on Name Setting Range Cod e Value 4: Multi-speed F0.06 Lower limit frequency 0.00 Hz~F0.05 0.00Hz 5: PID control The l ower l imit of inverter output frequency. 6: 48 5 communication If setpoint frequency is lower than lower limit frequency whe n startup, inverter c an not run.operate at Selecti on of inverter frequency command i nput channels. There are 7 main frequency set ting channel s: t he lower li mit frequency, stop or be dormant. Therein, Maximum out put frequency≥ upper limit frequenc y 0: Keyboard ≥lower limit frequency. Ac complish keyboa rd frequency set ting by me ans of modifying t he value of function code F0.07 Functio n Default Name Setting Range “Keyboard freque ncy sett ing”. Cod e Value 1: VI F0.07 Keyboard frequen cy setting 0.00 Hz~F0.04 50.00Hz 2: External terminal AI When Frequency Command is chosen as“ keyboard Setting”, this function code value i s the ini tial This means that the frequency is set up through analog input terminals. DZB seri es invert er provides 2 set value of inverter frequency. analog input channel. AVI is 0-10V voltage input mode , whi le ACI i s 0 (4)-20mA input. The 100.0% set ting of analog input is corresponding to the maxi mum frequency (Funct ion Code F 0.04), Functio n Default Name Setting Range Cod e Value and -100.0% i s corresponding to maximum reverse fre quency (Function Code F0.04). F0.08 ACCEL time 1 0.1~36 0.0s 10.0s 3:Reserved 4:Multi-speed operation F0.09 DECEL time 1 0.1~36 0.0s 10.0s The inverter is operated i n t he mode of mult i-speed onc e thi s frequency setting mode is chosen. It is Accel erati on t ime means the time t1 required for i nvert er to accelera te t o the maximum output needed to set up the parameters of F2 Group and F4 Group “ Multi -speed control group” to determine the frequency (F0.04) from 0Hz. coi ncidence relation bet ween given pe rcentage and given frequency. D ecele rat ion ti me is the time t2 requi red for inverte r to decelerate to 0Hz from t he maximum out put 5: PID control frequency (F0.04). Selecti on of this parameter means that the operation mode of inverter i s PID control mode.In this case, It is indi cated by following figure it is required to set up F4 Group “PID control group” . The operati on frequency of i nverter is the frequency val ue which PID gives. Please refer to the description of F4 Group “PID functi ons” for t he definition of PID setpoint source, assigned value, fee dback source and so on. - 35- -3 6 -
  • 22.
    DZB Series Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription DZB Series Chapter 6 Parameter Description Output frequency f Functio n Default Name Setting Range Cod e Value f m ax F0.11 Carr ier frequ ency setti ng 1.0~15 .0kHz Set by model f set Carrier Electronmagnetic Cacophony, frequency Leakage current Heat radiation noise 1KHz large small small Time t actu al acc e. a ct ual d ece . 10KHz time t ime set a cce.t ime se t dec e.time small large large 15KHz Fig 6-1 Ac cel erati on a nd Deceleration time diagram When the set freque ncy is equal to the maximum frequency, t he actual Acceleration/Decelera tion time Fig 6-2 Rel ationship bet ween environment and Carrier frequency are equal to the set Accelera ti on/Deceleration time. When the set freque ncy is less than the maxi mum frequency, the actual Acceleration/Deceleration time Relationship bet ween Model and Carrier frequency are less than t he set Accele rat ion/ Deceleration time. Carrier frequency Max carrier Min carrier Factory Ac tual Acceleration /De cel era ti on t ime = set Accel eration/Deceleration t ime× (set frequency/max. frequency frequency set ting freque ncy) Model (KHz) (KHz) (KHz) DZB200&300 ser ies inverter has 2 groups of Accel eration/Decelerat ion time. B:0 . 4 k W~1 1 K W 1st group: F0.08, F0.09; 15 1 8 P:0 . 7 5 kW~1 5 KW 2nd group: F4.00, F4.01; The Accel eration /Deceleration time can be chosen through mult ifunction di git al i nput termina l (F2 Group). B:1 5 k W~55 K W 8 1 4 P:1 8 . 5 kW~7 5 KW Function Setting Range Default Code Name Value B:7 5 k W~30 0 K W 0 :Operating at default direction 6 1 2 Operation direction P:9 0 k W~31 5 K W F0.10 1 :Operating at reverse direction 2 selection 2 :NO inv erse operating This function is mainly used t o i mprove the motor operating noise and invert er int erference to external . The a dvantages of using high carrier frequency: relatively ideal current wave shape, less harmonic 0: Operating at default direction. When the inverter is power connected, it operates at the actual direction. current wave and low motor noise; 1: Operating at reverse di recti on. By means of changing the function code, the motor rota ti ng di rec ti on can The disadvantages of using high carrier frequency: increased switch loss and inverter temperature rises, be changed wi thout changing any other parameters, whi ch is equiva lent to change the motor rotat ing affecting invert er output capacit y so that it should be operated at derating under hi gh carri er frequency direct ion by exchanging any two of mot or cabl es (U, V, W). conditions; in the me an time, inverter leakage current and it s electromagnetic interference to external are Note: After the parameters are initialized, the mot or operati ng direction can be restored t o be it s i ncreased. original state. Be caution t o u se it in th e case that chan gin g motor rotating direction i s forbidden after The situations of usi ng l ow carrier frequency is on the contrary. Too low carrier frequency can cause the system commissioning is completed. operation unstable, t orque reduced a nd even oscillation at low frequency. 2: Forbid i nverse operating. Forbidding inverter inverse operation is suitable to specific applicat ion that When inverter is fact ory rele ased, its carrier frequenc y has been set properly. Generally the user does inverse operat ing is forbidden. not need to modify t his parameter. - 37- -3 8 -
  • 23.
    DZB Series Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription DZB Series Chapter 6 Parameter Description Function Default starting frequency, inverter does not ope rat e and is at stand-by st ate. The st art ing frequency value is not Name Setting Range Code Value restricted by the lower limit frequency. 0 :NO operation During FWD/REV swi tching, the starti ng frequency is inactive. Functi onal parameters F0.12 1 :Restore default value 0 restoration Functio n Default Name Setting Range 2:Del ete failure records Cod e Value Braking current F0.17 before starting 0.0~15 0.0% 0.0 % 1: The inve rter restores all paramet ers to the ir default value. Braking time 2: The inve rter dele tes recent failure records. F0.18 before starting 0.0~50 .0s 0.0s After t he chosen function operation is completed, this function code i s automat ical ly restored to 0. When it is being started, t he inverter first performs DC braking according to the set pri or-to-starting Function Setting Range Default DC braking current, and after the set pri or-to-starti ng DC braking time is passed t hen begins to perf orm Code Name Value acceleration. If the se t DC braking time is 0, DC braki ng is invalid. 0:Invalid The bi gger the DC braking curre nt, the greater the braking force . The prior-to-starting DC braking F0.13 AVR selection 1:Val id all the ti me 1 current is t he perce ntage of the rated inverter current. 2:Invalid during deceler ation Functio n Setting Range Default Cod e Name Value AVR means output vol tage auto regul at ion. When AVR i s invalid, out put voltage will change accordi ng 0: DECEL Stop F0.19 Stop Mode 0 to the change of i nput volt age (or DC bus voltage); When AVR is val id,output voltage wi ll remai n const ant 1: Fre e run Stop wi thi n output capaci ty. 0: Deceleration stop Function Default After the st op command is enabled, the inverter decreases the output frequency ac cording t o t he Name Setting Range Code Value Deceleration mode and t he defi ned Acceleration /Decel era ti on time , and the motor is stopped when the 0 :Direct start frequency is 0. 1 :DC brakin g first an d then start 1: Free-run stop F0.14 Start Mode 0 2 :Running speed pick-up and Once the stop command is val id, the inverter immediately ends the output. The l oading i s fre ely then sta rt stopped by its mechani cal inerti a. 0: Direct start: start from the starting frequenc y. Functio n Setting Range Default Cod e Name Value 1: DC braking first and then start: First perform DC braking (pay at tention t o set up parameters F 0.17 and Beginning Fr equen cy of F0.20 braking 0.0 0~ 99.99Hz 0.00Hz F0.18 ), and then st art a nd run the motor at the start frequency. It is suit able for small inerti a loa ding which can cause reverse rotation at starting. F0.2 1 Waiting time of braking 0.0~50 .0s 0.0s 2: Running speed pick-up and then st art: the i nvert er fi rst calcul ates mot or rotating speed and directi on, F0.22 DC braking current 0.0~15 0.0% 0.0 % and then start running to it s set frequency from current spe ed, performing a smoot h no-shock start to F0.2 3 DC braking time 0.0~50 .0s 0.0s moving motor. This mode i s applicabl e to momentary powe r-down start when the i nert ia loading is big. Beginning frequency of DC brake when stopping.During the Decel era ti on stop, when this frequency Function Setting Range Default is reached, the DC brake is started. Code Name Value F0.15 Start frequency 0.5~ 99.99Hz 0.50Hz Waiting t ime of DC brake when stopping: Prior to the DC brake, the invert er blocks the output, and after this delay ti me, t he DC braking is st arted. It is used to preve nt over-current fault caused by DC Hold time of start F0.16 frequency 0.0~ 50.0s 0.0s braking at hi gh speed. DC brake current whe n stopping: indicates the applied DC brake energy. The bigger the current, the Setting proper starting frequency can i ncrease the st art ing torque. Within the hold t ime of the start ing stronger the DC brake energy should be. frequency (F0.16), the inverter output frequency is the start ing frequency, and then,from the starting DC brake time whe n stopping: the durative time t hat the DC brake energy is appli ed. If the time is 0, frequency, running to the target frequency. If the ta rget frequency (frequency command) is less than the DC brake is i nvalid, and the i nvert er stops the motor based on the set Deceleration time. - 39- -4 0 -
  • 24.
    DZB Series Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription DZB Series Chapter 6 Parameter Description 0: Terminal command inval id when power on. Inverte r will not run i f it detect operating command terminal O u tp u t F r e q u e n c y f i s valid. When t he operating command terminal is inval id and enable this ter minal again, inverter wi ll run. 1: Terminal command valid when power on. Inverter will startup aut omatically after initializat ion is finished if i t det ect operation command terminal is vali d. Note: Customer shou ld be careful when you select this fu nction, it may cause severe consequence. T im e t O u tp u t V o lt a g e F1 Motor Parameters DCBrake D C B ra k e Functio n Setting Range Default T im e t Cod e Name Value w h en w h en s ta r t in g s to p p in g F1.00 Reserved F ig. 6-3 DC Brake Diagram Set by F1.0 1 Motor rated power 0.4~55 .0kW model Function Default Code Name Setting Range Value F1.02 Motor rated frequency 0.0 1Hz~F0 .04 50.00Hz Dead time between F1.0 3 Motor rated speed 0~ 9999rpm Set by F0.24 0.0 ~360.0s 0.0s model forward and reverse Set by F1.04 Motor rated voltage 0~ 460V model It is to set the transient ti me during which the output frequency i s 0 in the FWD/REV transient process F1.05 Motor rated current 0.1~10 0.0A Set by model of inverter. Set by F1.06 Motor stator resistance 0.0 01~9.999Ω model It is shown as following figure: S et by F1.07 Motor rotor resistance 0.0 01~99.99Ω model Output Motor stator/rotor S et by Fre quency f F1.08 0.1~99 9.9mH inductance model Mutual inductance o f S et by F1.09 0.1~99 9.9mH motor stator/rotor model F orwar d S et by F1.10 No-l oad current 0.0 1~9 9.99A model 0 :NO operation Self-learning of Time t F1.11 1 :comp lete tuning Self-learning 0 motor parameters 2 :static tuning Self-learning Re ver se Speed loop propor tional F1.12 ga in1 0~ 100 30 Dea d Time F1.1 3 Speed loop integral ti me1 0.0 1~1 0.00s 0.50s Switching low F1.14 po int frequency 0.0 0Hz~F1 .1 7 5.00Hz Fig. 6-4 FWD/REV Dead Time Diagram Function Default Speed loop propor tional Code Name Setting Range Value F1.15 ga in 2 0~ 100 25 0 :Terminal command invalid Terminal command Speed loop integral wh en power on F1.16 0.0 1~1 0.00s 1.00s F0.25 prote ction when 0 time 2 power on 1 :Terminal command valid when Switching high power on F1.17 po int frequency F1.14~99.99 Hz 10.00Hz If operating command channel is set to terminal control, system wi ll detect t ermi nal status VC sl ip compensating F1.18 50 %~2 00% 100% aut omatica ll y duri ng inverter power on. factor - 41- -4 2 -
  • 25.
    DZB Series Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription DZB Series Chapter 6 Parameter Description Function Default Output Volta ge (V) Nam e Setting Range Code Value F1.19 Up per torque limit setting 0.0~ 20 0.0%(inverter r ate d c urrent) 150.0% Vb The setting 100.0% is c orresponding to the rat ed output current. Function Setting Range Default Code Name Value 0:Linear V/F curve V b o ost F1.20 V/F curve setting 0 1:square torque V/F cur ve f cu t -of f fOutput F requenc y f b 0: Linear V/F curve. It is applicable to constant torque l oad. 1: 2.0 exponential V/F curve. It is applicable to variable torque l oad, such as blower, pump etc. Fig. 6-7 Manual torque boost di agram Functio n Setting Range Default Output Voltage (V) Cod e Name Value F1.2 3 V/F slip compensation limit 0.0~200.0% 100% Vb Set ti ng this parameter can compensate t he motor speed change produced because of undert aki ng Linear V/F curve l oading whi le on V/F control, to increase the rigi dit y of motor mecha nical performance. This value should be set as the motor rated slip frequency. 2.0 exponential V/F c urve Functio n Setting Range Default Cod e Name Value 0:No Operation Energy Conservation 1/3 fb fb Out put Frequency f F1.24 0 Selection 1:Energy Conservation Fig. 6-6 V/F curvedi agram When the mot or is running in no-load or lower-load during,the inverter can adjust output voltage Function Default by automatically c urrent kf the load。 Nam e Setting Range Code Value Note:This function is especi ally valid for variable torque load (such as fan and pump). F1.2 1 Torque boost 0.0 %:( auto) 0.1%~30.0% 0 0.0%~50.0% (relative to motor F1.22 Torque boost cut-off 20.0% rated frequency) Torque Boost is mainly applied to less than cut-off frequency (F1.22). The V/F curve after boost i s F2 Input and Output Terminal Function Paramete rs shown in following figure . Torque booth can improve the l ow frequency torque performance of V/F control . Ba sed on the load, a torque should be chosen properly. For heavy load, increase the torque boost , but Functio n Default Name Setting Range Cod e Value the torque boost should not be set too big, which wil l result in the motor operating at overexcitation and F2.00 On- off signa l filter times 1 ~10 5 tha t it could be ove rheated, and also t he inverter out put current is big, reduci ng efficiency. When the torque boost is set as 0.0%, the i nvert er is at automatic torque boost. It sets up S1-S6, VI and CI terminals sampl e filt eri ng t ime. In big inter ference situati on, this parameter Torque boost cut-off f requency: below thi s fre quency, torque boost is valid, and above t his frequency should be inc reased i n orde r to prevent mal operation. setting, torque boost is invalid. - 43- -4 4 -
  • 26.
    DZB Series Chapter 6 Parameter Description DZB Series Cha pter 6 Parameter Descr iption Functio n Setting Range Default Cod e Name When the freque ncy is set by external te rmina l, modify the Value Frequency frequency up and down command. When the frequency F2. 01 S1 Terminal Function Se lection 0~25 1 9 up setting source is set as digital setting, the set frequency can be F2.02 S2 Terminal Function Se lection 0~25 2 regulated up and down. K1 UP te rminal F2.03 S3 Terminal Function Se lection 0~25 4 DZB200 K2 Frequency DOWN F2.04 S4 Terminal Function Se lection 0~25 7 10 down setting termina l K3 UP/DOWN F2.05 S5 Terminal Function Se lection 0~25 12 cle ar DCM F2.06 S6 Terminal Function Se lection 0~25 13 ter minal Frequency up/down Using terminal can clear UP/DOWN set frequency so that set 11 These par amete rs are used to set up the corresponding functions of digital multifunction input terminal s. setting clear frequency can be restored the frequency setting given by frequency command channe l. sett ing value Function D esc ription 12 Multi-speed term inal 1 8 stages speed can be set up via these 3 terminals digital Even if there is a signal input, the inverter does not run. state combination. 13 Multi-speed term inal 2 0 Terminals which are not used can be set to be no function in Note : multi-speed 1 is the low position, and multi- speed 3 is No Function order to prevent ma lfuncti on 14 Multi-speed term inal 3 the high p osition. 1 Forward The inverter ’s forward or reverse running can be control by 2 kinds of ACCE /DECE time can be chosen via these two external terminals. terminals digital state combination. 2 Reverse ACCE/DECE time Terminal ACC/DEC tim e selection Parameter By means of this terminal t he inverter’ s operation mode can be 15 select ion terminal t hree-wire operation control defined to be t hree-wire control mode. For detai ls, please refer O FF ACCE time 1 F0.08、F0.09 3 to the funct ion code description of F2.07 three-wire control ON ACCE time 2 F4. 00 、F4.01 mode. 4 Forward Jogging At Jogging ope rat ion, the frequency and Jogging PID is temporarily out of work, and the inverter keeps its 16 PID control pause Acceleration/Decelera tion time can be found in detail current fre quency output. 5 Reverse Jogging descri pti ons of F4.02,F4.03 and F4.04 function codes. The inverter pau ses at its current output frequency. After this 17 Traverse pause function is cancelled, continue to start its traverse o peration at The inverter turns off output, and the motor stop pr ocess is not its current frequency. controlled by the i nvert er. It i s oft en applied when the i nert ia 6 Free-run stop 18 Traverse re set The inverter is back to its center frequency output. loading is big and there is no requireme nt on stop time. This mode has the same definiti on as F0.19 does. Acceleration/ Ensure the inverter is not interfered by external signals 19 Deceleration (excluding stop command), maintaining its current output This is external failure reset. It ha s the same function as forbid frequency. 7 Failure reset STOP button on the keyboard. Using this functi on can 20 Reser ved Reserved perform long-distance failure reset. 21 External accel terminal When the key-press valid,it is automated to t urn to display When ext ernal faul t signal is input, the inverter reports it and motor speed. 8 Ext ernal faul t input 22 External decel terminal Accel/De cel adjust invalid when at stop status. stops. 23 Setting delay tim e(up) When the key-press valid,it is automated to t urn to display time setti ng. 24 Setting delay tim e(down) F3.18 sets to 0,terminal adjust invalid. 25 Programme running invalid When the key va lid, we can set programme running mode. 26 Programme running reset -45- -4 6-
  • 27.
    DZB Series Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription DZB Series Chapter 6 Parameter Description Function Setting Range Default Code Name Value 2: Three- wire control 1, integrate Enable with di rection. At this mode, EN is the Enable terminal with the 0:two-wire control 1 direction controlled by the defined FWD. REV defi ne the direction. Ter minal control 1:two-wire control 2 F2.0 7 0 SW1 mode 2:three-wire control 1 Sx(FWD) 3:three-wire control 2 SW2 K Operation Sx(EN) Command DZB OFF FWD This paramet er defines four di fferent control modes which controls the inverter operat ion through K Series external terminals. Sx(REV) ON R EV 0: Two-wire t ype control, integrat e Enabl e wit h di rection. Thi s mode is the most often used two-wire control mode. The motor forward and reverse ope rations are determi ned by the defined FWD and REV DCM t erminal command. K1 Operation Fig. 6-10 Three-wire operation mode 1 Sx(FWD) K1 K2 Comm and DZB K:FWD/REV switch SW1:RUN butt on SW2:STOP but ton OFF OFF STOP K2 Series EN i s defini ng t he corresponding t erminal function as Funct ion 3 “Three-wire operation cont rol”. Sx(REV) ON OFF FWD OFF ON REV 3: Three-wire control, se parate Enabl e from direction. At this mode EN is the Enable terminal, SW1 or DCM S W2 define operati ng c ommand and control direct ion at the same time. Stop command is defined by SW2. ON ON STOP Fig. 6-8 Two-wire operation mode 1 SW1 Sx(FWD) 1: Two-wire c ontrol , separate Enable from direction. When this mode i s used, the defined F WD is enable t erminal. The direction is determined by the defined REV state. SW2 Sx(EN) K1 Operation DZB K1 K2 Comm and Sx( FWD) SW3 Series DZB OFF OFF STOP Sx(REV) K2 Series Sx(REV) ON OFF FWD DCM OFF ON STOP DCM ON ON REV F ig. 6-11 Three-wire operat ion mode 2 Fig. 6-9 Two-wire operation mode 2 SW1:F WD operati ng but ton SW2: STOP button SW3: REV operating but ton EN i s defining the corresponding terminal function as F unction 3 “Three-wire operat ion cont rol”. N ote: For two-wire operation mode, when FWD/REV t erminal is enabled and th e stop comman d produced by other sources stops t he equipment, the inverter does not start to operate after the stop comman d disappears even if the con trol terminal FWD /REV is still valid. If the i nv erter needs to operate, it is required to trigger FWD/REV again. - 47- -4 8 -
  • 28.
    DZB Series Chapter 6 Para meter Description DZB Series Chapter 6 Param eter Descri ption Functio n Default Funct ion Setting Range Default Name Setting Range Code Name Value Cod e Value UP/DOWN frequency F2.14 CI lower lim it 0.0V~ 10.0V 0.0 V F2.08 0.01~ 99.99Hz/s 0.50Hz/s increm ent variable rate CI lower lim it F2.15 corre sponding setting -100. 0%~100.0% 0.0% Terminal UP/DOWN regul at es t he change rate of frequenc y set ti ng. F2.16 CIu pper limi t 0.0V~ 10.0V 10.0V CI upper limit Function Sett ing Range Default F2.17 -100.0%~100.0% 100.0% Code Name Value corresp onding setting F2.09 VI lowe r limit 0.0V ~10.0V 0.0V F2.18 CI input filter ing time 0.0s~10.0s 0.1s VI lowe r limit F2.10 corre sponding setti ng -100.0%~ 100.0% 0.0% CIfunction settings are similar to VI setting met hod. F2.11 VI upper limi t 0.0V ~10.0V 10.0V DZB Series i nverter provides 2 paths of analog input port. VI upper lim it DZB Series i nverter standard uni t has two multifunction digi tal output terminal , one (or t wo) F2.12 corre sponding setti ng -100.0%~ 100.0% 100.0% mult ifunc ti on relay output t ermi nals and one analog output termi nal. F2.13 VI input filtering tim e 0.0s~ 10.0s 0.1s Function Nam e Setting Range Default Code Value F2.19 Mo1output sel ection 0~10 1 Above function code s define the relationship between analog i nput voltage and the setting value that F2.20 Reserv ed analog input is corresponding to. When the ana log input voltage exceeds the range of the set maximum or minimum input, the beyond porti on should be c alculated with maxi mum input or minimum i nput. F2.21 Re lay output selection 0~10 3 When analog input is amperage input, 0mA-20mA is corresponding to 0V-10V. Open c oll ector output functions are indicated as foll owi ng t able: For different applications, t he corresponding nominal value of analog sett ing 100.0% is different. For details, please refer t o each application description. Setting Description Function Value Following figures shows several sett ings. Note: VI lower limit must be less or equal to VI upper limit. 0 Zero Output Output terminal has no function C ORRESPONDING SETTING 1 Frequency reaches please refer to the detail description of function code F4.15 f requency setting,torque,PID setting,PID feedback 2 FDT reaches please refer to the detail description of function code F4.13,F4.14 100.0% 3 Fault output Once inverter fault happens, output ON signal 4 Inverter is running forward ON signal Indicates the inverter is running forward with output frequency. 0V 10V C I 5 Inverter is running reverse ON signal Indicates the inverter is running reverse with output frequency. (0m A) (20mA) When the inverter output frequency is less than the starting 6 Null speed operation frequency, output ON signal Upper limit frequency When the operating frequency reaches the upper frequency limit, 7 output ON signal. reaches -100. 0% Lower limit frequency When the operating frequency reaches the lower frequency limit, 8 output ON signal. reaches F ig. 6-12 Relationship between analog input and setti ng value 9 ~10 Reserved Reserved high pressure reaches VI input filteri ng t ime determines analog input sensi tiveness. Increasi ng t his parameter, i n order to 11 Pressure reaches at the F7.12 low pressure setting,NC output indication. detection(NC) prevent malfunct ion caused by interference to the a nalog, can strengthen the anti-interference ability, low pressure reaches 12 Pressure reaches at the F7.13 high pressure setting,NC output indication. but reduce the analog input sensitiveness. detection(NC) high pressure reaches 13 Pressure reaches at the F7.12 high pressure setting,NO output indication. detection(NO) -49- -5 0-
  • 29.
    DZB Series Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription DZB Series Chapter 6 Parameter Description low pressure reaches Pressure reaches at the F7.13 low pressure setting,NO output indication 10V(20mA) 14 detection(NO) signal. 15 sleeping satus indicates During sleeping status,output ON signal and display "EOPP" 16 no water indicates No water alarms,output ON signal and display "EOP2" When output frequency is bigger than the lowest output frequency,output 17 no zero-speed running ON signal. When the i nverter has output signal or running order input, 18 running output ON signal. Functio n Setting Range Default Code Name Value F2.22 FM Analog output selection 0 ~10 0 0 output 100% The sta ndard anal og out put is 0-20mA (or 0-10V). Current or voltage output can be selected Figure 6-13 The coincidenc e rel ationship between assigned val ue and analog output by Jumper S2 . Its corresponding value range is shown as following table: Sett ing Value Function Range 0 Setting frequency 0-m aximum ou tput freque ncy F3 Human Machine Interfac e Parameters 1 Operating frequency 0-m aximum ou tput freque ncy 2 Output current 0-double rated inverter current Functio n Setting R ange Default Cod e Name Value 3 Output voltage 0-double rated inverter voltage F3.00 User passwor d 0~9999 0 4 M otor speed 0-double rated mot or speed 5 Output power 0-double rated pow er User password is applied to prevent non-authorized person to look and modify parame ter.Input a 6 Output torque 0-double rated mot or cur rent nonzero five digit number as password, then press DATA/ENT to confirm, if there is no button operati on 7 Analog VI input 0~10V in one mi nute, password function becomes effective. 8 Analog CI input 0~10V/0~20mA After password becomes effective, customer can not a cce ss paramete r list if password input is 9 ~10 Reserved Reserved incorrect. Please remember t he passw ord. If it is not necessary to set password, j ust set 0000 to clear password. Function Setting Range Default Code Nam e Value Functio n Setting R ange Default F2.23 AO L ower limit 0.0%~100. 0% 0.0% Cod e Name Value Lo wer lim it corresponding F3.0 1 Re served F2.24 AO o utput 0.0V~10.0V 0.0V F3.02 Re served F2.25 AO U pper limit 0.0%~100. 0% 100.0% Upper lim it corresponding Functio n Default F2.26 0.0V~10.0V 10 .0V Name Setting R ange AO o utput Cod e Value 0:Ke ypad control v alid Above funct ion codes define the rel ationship bet ween output val ue and analog output corresponding out put value. When the output value exc eeds the maximum output or the 1:Ke ypad and terminal control valid mini mum output range, the beyond portion should be calculate d wit h maximum output or F3.0 3 STOP functi on option 0 2:Ke ypad and co mmunication mini mum output . control valid When analog output i s current output, 1mA is equival ent t o 0.5V 3:All control modes valid For different applications, the a nalog output corresponding to 100% output value is different. For details, please refer to the inst ruct ion of each applicat ion. This function code is to define the STOP stop function validity options. Follow ing figures explain several set ti ng c ircumst ances: - 51- -5 2 -
  • 30.
    DZB Series Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription DZB Series Chapter 6 Parameter Description Function Default Option: sett ing para meter=the sum total of displ ay code,for exa mple: Nam e Setting Range Code Value require to display at operation st at us:Out put current,Running spe ed,Output power 4+16+32=52, then 0 :external keyboar d preferential setting F3.05to 52,its correspondi ng parameter ca n be viewed at operation through pressing button ENB "DATA". 1 :Local and external keyboard simult aneous displa y, on ly This I/O termina l status is displayed in decimal system, S 1 (MO1) corresponding to the lowest digi t. external key-press is valid. F or instance, input status displa ys 3 i s i ndicting that terminal S1 and S2 are closed and others a re open. F3.04 Keypad display option 2 :Local panel and external 0 For details, please see F3.17 and F3.18 description. keyboard simultaneou s di splay, only Local key-pre ss is valid. Functio n Default Name Setting Range 3 :Local and external keyboard Cod e Value simultaneous display, and all F3.08 I GBT modu le temperature 0~100.0℃ key-presses are valid (both are OR logical relation) F3.09 Soft ware version Accumul ative operating This function i s to set up the logical relat ionship bet ween Local and external keyboard key-press. F3.10 0~9999h 0 t ime Note: No. 3 function should be used cautiou sl y. Maloperation may cause seri ous consequ en ces. These functi ons only can be viewed but ca n not be modifi ed. Functio n N am e Sett ing Range Default IGBT module temperature: i ndicates the temperature of t he inverter IGBT module. Cod e Value Over-temperature protection value of different inverter may be different . F3.05 operation stat us display paramet er option 0-32767 255 Software version: software version number. F3.06 Stop status display parameter option 0-2048 255 Inverter accumulative operating time: displays current i nverter accumulative ope rat ion ti me. F3.07 operation stat us display p r eferential option 0-14(0:invalid) 0 Function Setting Range Default Name Value Code operati on status display Stop status display F3.11 The fault before previous fault type Displ ayed Message Code Displ ayed Message Code F3.12 Previous fault type 0:Setting f requency 1 Setting frequency 1 F3.13 Curr ent fault type 1:Running frequency 2 DC bus voltage 2 2:Output current 4 I nput t ermi nal stat us 4 Record three recent fa ult t ypes: 0 is no fault; 1~22 i s 22 different kinds of fault. For details,please see 3:Output voltage Output t erminal stat us fault analysis. 8 8 4:Running speed 16 PID setpoint 16 5:Act ual delay time 32 PID feedback 32 6:Setting delay time 64 VI value 64 7 :DC b us volt ag e 128 CI value 128 8:PI D setpoint 256 Current segm ent of m ulti-spe ed co ntrol 256 9:PI D f eedback 512 Actual delay time 512 10:Input term inal stat us 1024 Setting delay t ime 1024 11:Output terminal status 2048 12:VI value 4096 13:CI value 8192 14:Current segment of m ulti-speed c ontrol 16384 - 53 - -5 4-
  • 31.
    DZB Series Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription DZB Series Chapter 6 Parameter Description Function D escription Default Functio n Setting Range Default Code Nam e Value Cod e Name Value Operating frequen cy at The output frequency when current F4.02 Jogging frequency 0.00~F0.04 5.00Hz F3.14 current fault fault happens 0.00Hz F4.0 3 Jogging ACCEL time 0.1~360.0s 10.0s Outp ut amperage at The output amperage when current F3.15 fault happens 0.0A F4.04 Jogging DECEL time 0.1~360.0s 10.0s current fault The bus voltage when current fault F3.16 Bus voltage at current fault 0.0V It is to define t he inverter set frequenc y and Acceleration/Deceleration time at Jogging operation. happens Jogging operation i s performed by direct start mode and deceleration stop mode. The Jogging Acce leration ti me is the ti me required for invert er to accelerate from 0Hz to the maximum Function Default output frequency (F0.04). Nam e Setting Range Code Value The Jogging Decelera ti on time i s the t ime re quire d for inverter to decelerate from the ma ximum output F3.17 Setting delay time(u p) 0~9999 0.0V frequency (F0.04) to 0Hz. Functio n Setting Range Default 0~3 Cod e Name Value F3.18 Setting unit of delay time 0.0V (0:function of delay time invalid) F4.05 Ski p frequency 0.00~F0.04 0.00Hz F4.06 Ski p frequency r ange 0.00~F0.04 0.00Hz We also can use set external terminal fun ction to set delay time of F3.17 . Setting uni t o f d elay ti me 0 :delay ti me function invalid When the set frequenc y is within t he ski p frequenc y range, the actual operati ng frequency will be 1:t he unit of delay tim e is 0. 1s operated near the boundary of skip frequency range. 2:t he unit of delay tim e 1 s 3 :the unit of delay t ime 1min By means of setti ng skip frequency, the i nverter can keep away from the mechanical resonance point of the load. This i nverter has one skip frequency poi nt ava il able. If t hese two skip frequencies are bot h set to 0, F4 Application Func tion Parameters t his function will be i nact ive . Function Setting Range Default Sett ing f requency Code Nam e Value F4.00 ACCEL Time 2 0.1 ~360.0s 10.0s F4.0 1 DECEL Time 2 0.1 ~360.0s 10.0s 1 /2 Skip frequency range Skip frequency 1 /2 Skip frequency range Ac celerati on/Deceleration time can be chosen to be F0.08, F0.09 or above three time settings. Their meanings are all t he same; pl ease refer to F0.08 and F0.09 related description. The Acceleration/Decelerat ion time 0-1 at inverter operation can be chosen t hrough di fferent combination of multifunction digit al i nput termina ls. Fig. 6-14 Skip frequency schematic diagram Functio n Setting Range Default Cod e Name Value 0.0~100.0% F4.07 Traverse frequen cy range 0.0 % (relative to se t freq uency) 0.0~50.0%(r elative to traverse F4.08 Kick frequency range 0.0 % frequency range) Traverse frequen cy up F4.09 0.1~360.0s 5.0s time Traverse frequen cy down F4.10 0.1~360.0s 5.0s time - 55- -5 6 -
  • 32.
    DZB Series Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription DZB Series Chapter 6 Parameter Description Tra verse freque ncy functi on is suitable to industries such a s textile, fi ber and so on, and to applications which require traversing and w indi ng functions. Out put fr equen cy Tra verse freque ncy functi on means that the invert er output frequency i s traversi ng up and down around the set frequency. The operating frequenc y l ocus with time axi s is shown as fol lowing diagram, in which FDT delay the amplitude of t raverse is set by F4.07. When F4.07 is set to be 0, i.e. traverse range i s 0, the traverse Se tting fr eque ncy freque ncy function will be inactive. Opera tio n Freque ncy Upper Traverse F requency Ki ck Frequency Time t Cent er F requency Freque ncy detect ion signal Lower Traverse F requency Accelerate on Accelerati on Ti me Tra ver se Frequ en cy Tr averse F re que nc y Fa ll Time Rising Tim e Decelerate on Deceleration Time Time t Time t Fig. 6-15 Traverse Frequency Ope ration Di agram Tra verse freque ncy range: trave rse operat ion frequency limits by upper and lower limit frequency. Fig.6-16 FDT Level Diagram Tra verse range relative to the cent er frequency: amplitude of tra verse AW = CF × AW range F4.07 Functio n Setting Range Default Kick frequency = ampl itude of trave rse AW × Kick Freque ncy Range F4.08. I.e. the kick frequency i s Cod e Name Value the value relative to ampl itude of traverse at traverse-frequency operat ion. Frequency rea ching F4.15 0.0 ~100.0%(maxim um frequency) 0.0 % Tra verse freque ncy rising time: the time required to rise from the lowest traverse frequency to the detect ion range highest traverse frequency. When the invert er output frequency reaches the set frequency val ue, this function can regulate i ts Tra verse freque ncy fall ti me: t he t ime required t o fall from the highest traverse frequency to the lowest detection range value, as shown by foll owing fi gure: traverse fre quency. Outpu t fre quency Function Setting Range Default Code Nam e Value Detection rang e(F4.15) F4.11 Fault auto-reset times 0~3 0 Setting fre quen cy Interval time setting of F4.12 automatic rese tting fa ult 0.1~ 100.0s 1.0s Fault auto-reset times: used to set the auto-reset ti mes when inverter chooses fault auto-reset. If this Time t val ue is exceeded, inverter will wait for trouble shooting. Interval t ime setting of fault auto-reset: chose the interval time between faul t occurring and a utomatic resetting actuat ed Frequency detection signal Function Setting Range Default Code Nam e Value F4.13 FDT l evel de tection value 0.00~ F0.04 50.00H z F4.14 FDT d ela y detection va lue 0.0~ 100.0%(FDT level) 5.0% Time t Set output frequency detection value and the delay value of output action dismi ssed, as shown by following f igure : Fig.6-17 Frequency Reac hing Detecti on Range Diagram - 57- -5 8 -
  • 33.
    DZB Series Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription DZB Series Chapter 6 Parameter Description Function Default When frequency source is chosen to be PID, i.e. F0.03 is chosen to be 5, these group functions are a ctive. Nam e Setting Range Code Value This par ameter is to determine the assi gnment channel of the process PID target value. 115 .0~140.0%(standard DC bus voltage) 380 V 130.0% The set target value of process PID i s a relative value , and the set 100% i s corresponding to the 100% Brake Threshold F4.16 Va lue Voltage fee dback signal of the system being controlled. 115 .0~140.0%(standard DC bus 120.0% voltage) 220 V The system always pe rforms t he calcul at ion according to relative value (0-100%) Note: If mult istage input, it can be accomplished by means of setting F4 grou p paramet ers. This funct ion is to set up the initiat ive bus voltage of dynami c braking, and properly regulat ing this val ue can result in an effective brake to the load. Functio n Setting Range Default Cod e Name Value Function F4.19 Preset PI D set point 0.0%~100.0% 0.0 % Setting Range Default Code Nam e Value 0.1~ 999.9% When F4.08=0 is chosen, i .e. t he ta rget source i s the keyboard, it is required to set this parameter. Speed display Speed=120 ×running The reference val ue of this para meter is the system feedback value. F4.17 100.0% ratio frequency× F4.17/po le num ber Functio n Setting Range Default Cod e Name Value Speed=120×running frequency×F4.17/pole number 0:Reserved This funct ion is used to cali brat e speed display error, it has no impact on actual speed. PID Feedback 1:AI Feedback F4.20 Sources Option 0 PID c ontrol is one method normally used to process control, holding the cont rol value to the target 2:Reserved val ue by the negative feedback syst em which regulate s the inverter output frequency by means of 3:Communication feedback proportion, i ntegrat ion and differential operations on the difference bet ween the cont rol value feedback signal and the target va lue signa l. It is applicable to the process control s such as flow control, pressure The PID feedback channel i s chosen by t his parame ter. cont rol and temperature control and so on. The control functi onal block diagram i s shown as fol lows: Important: The assignment channel and feedback channel can not be in coinci den ce, otherwise PID i s unable to control effectively. Functio n Setting Range Default Cod e Name Value Give n Value 0:positi ve PI D Control M P PID Output C haract eristics (Percent age) F4.2 1 0 Option 1:neg ative (Percenta ge ) Output F Filt er PID output i s positive charac teristic: when the feedback signal is bigger than t he PID given signal, it Fe edba ck Value F i s required for the invert er output frequency to decrease to count erba lance the PID, for i nstance, t he winding t ension PID control . PID output i s negati ve chara cteristic: whe n t he feedba ck signal is bigger t han the PID giver signal, it Fig.6-18 Process PID Functi onal Block Diagram i s required for the invert er output frequency to increase t o c ounterbalance the PID,for instance, the Function Default unreeling tension PID control. Nam e Setting Range Code Value Functio n Default 0:Given by Keyb oard( F4.19) Cod e Name Setting Range Value 1:Given by panel po tentiom ete r VI F4.22 Proport ional gain (Kp) 0.00~99.99 1.00 PID setpoint 2:Given external ter mi nal AI F4.2 3 I ntegral time (Ti) 0.01~10.00 s 0.10s F4.18 0 Sources Option 3:Given by Rem ote F4.24 Differential time (Td) 0.00~10.00 s 0.00s Co mmunication 4:Mu lti-seg setpoint - 59- -6 0 -
  • 34.
    DZB Series Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription DZB Series Chapter 6 Parameter Description Proport ional gain (Kp): det ermi nes the adjusting st rength of PID adjust or. The bigger the P, the bigger Functio n Default Name Setting Range the adjusting st rength is. This parameter being 100 means that when the difference between the PID Cod e Value fee dback value and the assi gned value is 100%, the adj usti ng ra nge of PID adjustor t o the output frequency F4.25 Sam pling cycle time ( T) 0.01~99.99 s 0.10s command is the maxi mum frequency (ignore i ntegral acti on and derivative act ion). PID control F4.26 0.0 ~100.0% 0.0 % discrepancy li mit Integrating ti me (Ti): determi nes t he speed at which PID adjustor performs integral regulat ion to the discrepancy between the PID fe edback value and t he assigned val ue. The Ti is indicati ng the period of time Sampling time (T): is the time to sample the feedback val ue. In each sampl ing peri od the controller tha t integra l controll er (ignore proporti onal action and deri vative acti on), when the discrepancy between runs one time. The l onger the sampling t ime, the slower t he responding. the PID feedback value and the assigned va lue i s 100%, continuously regulates to make the regulating PID control discrepancy limit: t he allowa ble maximum discrepancy of PID system output value relative amount t o reach the maxi mum frequency (F0.047). The shorter the i ntegrating time, the stronger the t o the cl osed-loop assigned val ue. As shown in following diagram, within the discrepancy li mit, PID adj ust ing strength is. controller stops adjustment. Properly set ting this function code can improve t he accuracy and st ability of Differenti al time (Td): det ermi nes the control ling st rength a t which PID adjust or performs adjustment P ID syst em. to the variance ratio of discrepancy between the PID fee dback value and the assi gned value . The Td is indicating t he period of time w ithin whi ch if the feedback val ue is changed 100%, t he regul ating amount of integral controller is the maximum frequency (F 0.04) (i gnore proportional a ction and integral action). Discre pancy Li mit The longe r the Td, the bigger t he controlling strength is.PID is the most popul arly used cont rol mode in Feedback process control, with each part pl aying different rol e. Following simpl y introduces t he operational Assign ed Value principle and the controlling method: Proport ion cont rol (P): when there is discrepancy between feedback and the assignment,output t he regul at ing amount in proporti on t o the discrepancy. If t he discrepancy is const ant,the regulating amount keeps constant. Proport ion control can response qui ckl y t o the feedback va riati on, but only using Tim e t proportion control is unabl e to perform noncorrespondi ng control . The bigger the proportional gain, the faster the system regulating speed, but being too bi g ma y cause oscillation. The control met hod is first to Output f set a long int egrating t ime and a zero differenti al t ime , and then run the system only by using proportion control. Change the assigned value, and watch the stable di screpancy (stea dy-stat e error) of feedback signal and assigned value. If the ste ady-sta te error is at the varying directi on of assigne d value (for instance, increase the assigned value, the feedback va lue after the system i s steady is always less t han the Tim e t assigned value), continue to increase the proportional gai n, otherwi se decrease it.Repeat the above until F ig. 6-19 Coincidence rel ation of discrepancy limit and output frequency the steady-state error is relatively small (it is very difficult to do no steady-sta te error). Integral t ime (I): when there is a di screpancy between the feedback and assignment ,conti nuously Functio n Setting Range Default Cod e Name Value accumulate the output regulation amount. If the discrepancy still exists, continue to inc rease t he regulati on Feedback disconnectio n amount until ther e is no di screpancy. Integral cont roller can effectivel y eliminate t he steady-state er ror. F4.27 0.0~100.0% 0.0 % detect ing v alue Int egral controller being too strong can cause repeated overshooti ng, system unst able and up till oscillating. Feedback disconnectio n The characteristi c of oscillation caused by too strong integral action is t hat t he feedback si gnal is swingi ng F4.28 detect ing t ime 0.0~360.0s 1.0 s up and down around the assigned value, and the amplitude of swing increases gradually til l the oscillation happens. Normally the int egral time is adjust ed from big t o small, gradually regulate the integral time, and Feedback disconnected detecting val ue: t his detecting value is relati ve to the full range (100%). watch the effec t, until the system stable speed meet s re quirements. The syst em detects the P ID feedback value all the ti me. When the fe edback value is less or equal to the Differenti al time (D): when the di screpancy between feedback and assi gnment varies,output a regulati on feedback di sconnect ed detect ing val ue, t he syst em starts to time the dete ction. When the detecti ng time amount i n proportion to the varianc e rat io of discrepancy. The regul ation amount is related to t he direct ion exceeds the feedbac k di sconnect ed detect ing time, the system will send an alert of feedba ck disconnecti ng and magnitude of disc repancy varia ti on, but irrel evant to the direction and value of the discrepancy itsel f. failur e (E02E) . The differential contr ol action i s t o perform the control according to the varying trend when the feedback signal variation happens, and thereby t o restra in the feedback signal variation. It should be cauti on to use differenti al control ler as the differential control have a trend to magni fy the system i nter ference, especiall y the high varyi ng frequency interference. - 61- -6 2 -
  • 35.
    DZB Series Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription DZB Series Chapter 6 Parameter Description Function Default Relationship bet ween multi -speed and S 1、S2、 S3terminals Nam e Setting Range Code Value F4.29 Multi-Spe ed 0 -100.0~100.0% 0.0% S1 S2 S3 Current seg me nt o f mu lti-sp eed con trol OFF OFF OFF Multi-Speed 0 F4.30 Multi-Spe ed 1 -100.0~100.0% 0.0% ON OFF OFF Multi-Speed 1 F4.3 1 Multi-Speed 2 -100.0~100.0% 0.0% OFF ON OFF Multi-Speed 2 F4.32 Multi-Speed 3 -100.0~100.0% 0.0% ON ON OFF Multi-Speed 3 F4.33 Multi-Speed 4 -100.0~100.0 % 0.0% OFF OFF ON Multi-Speed 4 F4.34 Multi-Speed 5 -100.0~100.0 % 0.0% ON OFF ON Multi-Speed 5 OFF ON ON Multi-Speed 6 F4.35 Multi-Speed 6 -100.0~100.0 % 0.0% ON ON ON Multi-Speed 7 F4.36 Multi-Speed 7 -100.0~100.0 % 0.0% Note: The mul ti-speed symbol defines t he operat ion direction. If it is n egative , the operation direction is reverse. Frequency setting 100.0% is corresponding to maximu m frequency(F0.04). F5 Protection Parameters Output Functio n Setting Range Default fre quency Cod e Name Value 1 6 0:No protection 0 2 Motor Overl oad 5 7 F5.00 Protection Option 1:normal motor 1 t 2:Variable Frequency motor 4 0: no protect ion. There is no mot or overloading prot ection characteristic (caution to use),and t hereby the 3 i nverter has no protection to the overloaded motor. 1: norma l motor (with low speed com pensati on). As general motor has a poor hea t emission at low speed, ON ON ON ON t t he relevant electronic thermal protecti on should be regulat ed properly.The low speed compensat ion S1 characteristic here mentioned is to sw it ch down t he ove rloa ding protection threshol d for the motor w it h ON ON t an operation frequency l ower than 30 Hz. S2 2: Vari able frequenc y motor (without low speed compensation). As the heat emi ssi on of special variable ON t frequency motor is not affect ed by speed, it is not re quired t o regulate the protecti on value for low speed S3 operation. ON t Operation comma nd Fig.6-20 multi-speed l ogic Diagram - 63- -6 4 -
  • 36.
    DZB Series Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription DZB Series Chapter 6 Parameter Description Function Setting Range Default Functio n Setting Range Default Code Nam e Value Cod e Name Value Motor Ove rload 20.0%~120.0% 0:prohibit F5.0 1 100.0% Over -voltage Pro tection Current (mo tor rated cu rren t) F5.04 0 Stall Protectio n 1:allow Over -voltage Stall 110~ 150%(3 80V) 12 0% Time 100% F5.05 7 0% Protection Vo ltage 110~ 150%(2 20V) 115 % During the inverter decelerat ion, the load inertia may cause the actual motor speed drop rate l ower than Motor Overload Pro tection Current t he output frequency drop rate, and thereby the motor generates electricity and feeds it back to the inverter, causing the i nverter bus voltage going up and even bus over-voltage breakdown which t hen can cause 1 m inute i nverter tripping if no provision i s made. Over-voltage stall protection function is to detect t he bus voltage and compare it with the stall over- voltage point defined by F5.05 (relative to t he standa rd bus voltage) . If i t exceeds the over-voltage stall point, inverter output frequency stop going down, and when the next bus voltage detected is lower than t he over-vol tage stal l point, t he inverter continues to decelerate,as shown by followi ng figure: 140% 2 00% Current Bus vo ltage St all Ove r-volt ag e poin t Fig.6-21 Motor Overload Protect ion Current The val ue can be de termined by fol lowing equat ion: Tim e t Motor overl oad protection current = (maximum current/ rat ed current)×100% It is mai nly applied to the cases that bi g inver ter drives small motor, requiring to correctly set up this Out pu t f r e qu e nc y funct ion to protect the mot or. Function Setting Range Default Code Nam e Value Tim e t Power-down Frequ ency 70.0~ 110.0 %(standard bus F5.02 Drop Point voltage) 80.0% Fig.6-22 O ver-voltage Stall Funct ion Instant p owe r-down F5.03 Frequ ency drop rate 0.00Hz~99.99Hz 0.0 0Hz Functio n Setting Range Default Cod e Name Value If the inst ant power-down drop rate is set to be 0, the instant power-down restart function is invalid. F5.06 Over -current stall setting 80~20 0% 15 0% Instant power-down frequency drop poi nt: it i s indicting when the bus voltage, after the power net work Over -current ga in settin g F5.07 to avoi d of stalling 0~100 20 is down and drops to the instant power-down frequency drop point, the invert er sta rts to decrease the opera ti on frequency based on the insta nt power-down frequency drop rate, enabli ng the mot or to genera te el ectri city which is fed back t o ke ep the bus voltage, and thus ensuring t he inverter i s operating normall y When inverter is runni ng, the actual climbing rate of motor speed is lowe r than cl imbing rate of out put till inverter power is on again. frequency because load is too big. If you don't ta ke any action, it will cause over current faul t in Important: Adj usting t he se t wo parameters properly can magnificently achieve the power network acceleration then inverter will t rip. switching instead of causi ng inve rter prot ection and thus causing production shu tdown. Over-current stal l protect ion function is t o de tect output current and compare it wit h the current limit defined by F5.06. If it exceeds the c urrent limit, output frequency drop down according to F5.07. When it show tha t output current is lower tha n l imit current, inverter wil l remain normal operation. - 65- -6 6 -
  • 37.
    DZB Series Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription DZB Series Chapter 6 Parameter Description Functio n Setting Range Default Output current Cod e Name Value F6.02 Data pattern 0:N o check(N,8,1 )for RTU 0 Auto limit current level 1:Odd ch eck (E,8,1)fo r RTU 2:Even check(O,8,1)for RTU 3:No check(N,8 ,2)for RTU Time t 4:Odd check( E,8,2)for RTU Output f req uency 5:Even check(O,8,2)for RTU 6:No check(N,7 ,1)for ASCII 7:Odd check( E,7,1)for ASCII 8:Even check(O,7,1)for ASCII 9:No check(N,7 ,2)for ASCII Limit current fre quenc y drop rate 10:Odd che ck(E,7,2) for ASCII Time t 11:Even ch eck(O,7,2)for ASCII 12:No check(N ,8,1)for ASCII Fig. 6-23 Limit current protect ion 13:Odd che ck( E,8,, 1) fo r ASCII 14:Even check( O,8,1)for ASCII 15:No check(N ,8,2)for ASCII F6 Communication Parameters 16:Odd che ck(E,8,2) for ASCII 17:Even check( O,8,2)for ASCII Function Setting Range Default Code Nam e Value F6.00 Communication Address 1~247,0 is th e broadcast address 1 When master machi ne plan t o transmit a frame, slave communication address i s set to be 0, it is also broadcast address. All slave machine in M ODBUS will receive this frame but not response. The data pat tern set by invert er must be t he same as dat a pattern set by master machine .Otherwise, Note: sl ave address is not allowed to set 0. communi cation can not accomplish. Local communicati on address is unique for every slave machine wit hin communication network. This is basis of utilizat ion of point to point communication between mast er machine and inverter. 11-bits(for RTU) Function Default Code Nam e Setting Range Value DATA Frame:8-N-2 0:1200BPS Start Stop Stop bit0 bit1 bit2 bit3 bit4 bit5 bit6 bit7 1:2400BPS bit bit bit 2:4800BPS 8-data bits F6.0 1 Baud rate setting 3 3:9600BPS 11-bits character frame 4:19200BPS 5:38400BPS This parameter is used to set transmission rate. - 67- -6 8 -
  • 38.
    DZB Series Cha pter 6 Parameter D es cription DZB Series Chapter 6 Parameter Description Functio n Default DATA Frame:8-E-1 Cod e Name Setting Range Value Co mmun icat io n Start Even Stop F6.03 0~200ms 5ms bit bit0 bit1 bit2 bit3 bit4 bit5 bit6 bit7 bit bit r esponse d ela y 8-data bits Response delay: means the interval time from the end of data receive to transmitt ing response data to upper l evel machine. If re sponse delay t ime i s smal le r than system operation ti me, response delay time 11-bits character frame should be system operation time. If response del ay ti me is l onger than system operati on time, inverter can not t ransmit data to upper level machine unt il response delay time reached. DATA Frame:8-O-1 Functio n Default Name Setting Range Cod e Value Start Odd Stop bit bit0 bit1 bit2 bit3 bit4 bit5 bit6 bit7 bit bit F6.04 Co mmun icat io n 0.0(in valid),0.1 ~10 0.0 s 0.0s overtim e fau lt time 8-data bits When this parameter is set to be 0.0s, thi s function is invalid. 11-bits character frame When this functi on is valid, if the interval t ime be tween two communications exceeds communication overtime time, i t will cause communication fault (E018). 10-bits(for ASCII) Functio n Setting Range Default Cod e Name Value 0:Alarm an d fre e run sto p DATA Frame:7 -N-2 1:No alarm and keep run ning Start Stop Stop bit bit0 bi t1 bit2 bit3 bit4 bit5 bit6 Co mmun icat io n 2:No alarm and sto p according to bit bit F6.05 error measure 1 stop mode (by com municati on) 7 -data b its 3:No alarm and sto p according to stop mode (by al l control mode) 10-bits character frame Functio n Setting Range Default Cod e Name Value DATA Frame:7-E-1 Re sponse 0:Respo nse when write F6.06 0 m easur e 1:No response when wri te Start bit0 bi t1 bit2 bit3 bit4 bit5 bit6 Even Stop bit bit bit When this parameter is set to be 0, Response when write. 7 -data b its When this parameter is set to be 1, No Response when w rit e.This function can improve communiation 10-bits character frame speed. DATA Frame:7-O-1 Start Odd Stop bit bit0 bi t1 bit2 bit3 bit4 bit5 bit6 bit bit 7 -data b its 10-bits character frame - 69- -7 0 -
  • 39.
    DZB Series Chapter 7 Fault Dia gnosis and Countermeasure s DZB Series Chapter 7 Fault Diagnosis and Counte rmeasures Chapter 7 Fault Diagnosis and Countermeasures 1. Under voltage of DC Bus(E001) DZB200 has 25 pie ces of alarm information and protec ti on func tions in t otal. Once the fault occurs, Yes Tran sie nt powe r cu t exists or not m otor driver inverte r reset the protecti on functi on starts, the inverter stops inputti ng, t he fault relay contact poi nt is activated, and the faul t code wil l be di splayed on the display panel of the invert er. Before seeking services, the subscri ber No may conduct the self-check according to the prompt gi ven in thi s section, analyze the fault causes, a nd fi nd Check if the in put end vo ltage of No Ad just the power sup ply or out the solutions. If the faul t bel ongs to the causes described in t he broken line box, please seek t he service the mot or driver inve rte r is with in the remove the peripheral value req uired by the re gulation p ower- supply loo p fault by contacting the inverter agent or directly conta cting our corporation. Yes Common Faults and the Faul t Diagnosis The following faults may probabl y occur during t he usi ng of t he inverter, please refer to the methods Measure if the DC Yes bu s voltage is no rma l described below to perform the faul t analysis. 1. No Electricity Display No 1) Chec k wit h mult imeter i f the i nput power supply of the inverter is consist ent with its rated vol tage. Check if the rectifyin g bridge No Re place the d amage d rect ify ing If there is somet hing wrong with the power supply, please check and remove it. or th e buffering resis tor is normal bridg e or the b ufferin g resistor 2) Chec k i f the three-phase rectifying bridge is intact . If t he rectifying bridge has been exploded,please Yes seek technical service. 3) Chec k i f the CHARGE indicator is on. If the indica tor is off, t he fault will be on the rectifying bridge No Check if t he d ri ve board is n orm al Chang e drive bo ard or the buffering resistance. If the indicat or is on, then the fault may probably lies in the switch on/off part, Yes please seek for help. 2. The air Swit ch Trips off After Power-on No Check if the ma in control Chang e main control bo ard 1) Chec k i f the earthing or short circuit occurs bet ween the i nput power suppli es and remove t he problem. boa rd is no rmal 2) Chec k i f the rectifying bridge has been broken down. If so, seek for the service. 3. The Mot or Does not Run After the Inverter S tarts to Run Refere nce for the 1) Chec k i f there is equa lizing t hree-phase input bet ween U, V and W. If yes, the motor circuit or itsel f m ain tena nce personne l may be damaged, or the motor stops turning for mechani cal reason. Please remove it . 2)If there is input but the three phases are not equalizing, the i nverter drive board or the output modul e 2. Over voltage during acc el eration(E002) may be damaged. P lease seek for the service. 3) If there i s no out put volt age, the drive board or output modul e may be damaged. Please seek for the Yes Ad just the voltage within T he inp ut voltage is to o high or n ot the normal range service. 4. When the Power-on Inverter Displays Normall y, t he Air Swi tch Trips off After the Operati on. No 1) Chec k i f the short circuit occurs between t he output modules. If ye s, please seek t he service. If the re exists th e e xterna l force Yes C an cel t he ext erna l fo rce driving t he mot or op era tio n durin g o r insta ll th e bra ke resisto r 2) Chec k i f the short circuit or e arthing occurs bet ween the mot or lea d wires. If yes, please remove it . the acceleration pr ocess 3) If the tripping occurs only occasi onally and the dist ance between the motor and the inverter is bi g, No the n the adding of a n out put AC reac tor shall be considered. Yes I ncrease t he acce lera tion Th e acceleration time is too sho rt or no t time No No Is there a ny brake unit Insta ll the brake unit a nd or brake resistor installed resisto r Yes Seek techn ical supp ort - 71- -7 2 -
  • 40.
    DZB Series Chapter 7 Fault Dia gnosis and Countermeasure s DZB Series Chapter 7 Fault Diagnosis and Counte rmeasures 3. Over vol tage during runni ng(E003) 5. Over current during deceleration(E005) Yes Adjust the voltage within C he ck if the out put loo p o f the mo tor d river Yes The inp ut volta ge is t oo high or not Remove th e peripheral fa ult the normal range in verter ha s the ea rthing o r sh ort circuit No V/F mode No I s there a ny the exte rnal f orce d riving Yes Ca ncel the ext ern al force or Whet her t he moto r paramete r No Perform th e mot or paramet er t he motor during the op era tion install t he brake resist or identificatio n has been performed or not identificatio n No Yes Seek technical sup port Yes Is t he decele rat ion time too short Increase the deceleratio n time No 4. Over current during ac cel eration(E004) Yes Ad just the vol tage within the Is the voltage too low n orm al rang e Check if the ou tput loop of the motor d river Yes Re mo ve the p erip he ral No in vert er has th e earth ing or s hort c ircuit f ault Whether th ere exists a shock loa d during Yes V/F mode No the de celerat ion pro cess Cancel the sho ck load Whether t he moto r paramete r No Perform the motor parameter No ident ifica tion has been p erf ormed identification Is there the brak e un it or b rake No Insta ll th e brake unit and Yes resistor installe d bra ke r esi stor Yes Is the acceleratio n time too sh ort Increase the acceleration time Yes No Se ek f or the technica l su pport Wheth er it is proper to ma nually raise No Adjust the manual raising of torque or V/ F c urve torque or V/F curve 6. Over current during running(E006) Yes Yes Adjust t he vo ltage to the Ch eck if the ou tput lo op of the Ye s Re move t he perip heral fa ult . The voltage is to o low or not normal range mo tor d river inverter has If t he link is to o long, t he short circuit or leakage circuit install the outpu t react or No Select the rotation speed No Yes V/F mode Start the rotating mot or or no t tracing before restarting or restart after the motor stops No Whet he r the mo tor p ara me ter iden tif ication Perform the motor parameter No has be en perf orm ed or no t identification Is there the shock load Yes during the acceler ation process Cance l sho ck loa d Ye s Ye s No I s there the sh oc k load dur ing the ru nning C ancel t he shock lo ad The type of inverter is small No Wheth er th e m otor driver Ye s Abate t he load in ver ter load can be ab ated No Th e type of inve rter is too small - 73- -7 4 -
  • 41.
    DZB Series Chapter 7 Fault Dia gnosis and Countermeasure s DZB Series Chapter 7 Fault Diagnosis and Counte rmeasures 7. Motor Over Load(E007) 10. Over voltage during deceleration(E00A) The moto r prot ection parameter No Yes Adjust the v oltage within Correctly set up the parameter The inpu t vol tage is too high o r not F5 .01 set ti ng is suitable or not norm al ran ge No Yes Yes Reduce the load or If there exists external forces driving the Yes Ca ncel the extern al force o r The load is too big o r the moto r is blocke d motor operation during the deceleration process install t he brake resist or increase the inverter capacity No No The t ype of in verter is s ma ll Yes Increase the acceleration time The de celerat ion time is t oo sho rt or not or install the brake resistor No 8. Inverter Over Load(E008) No I s there any bra ke resisto r installed Insta ll th e brake resisto r Yes Ye s The load is too big o r the moto r is blocke d Reduce the load or increase the inverter capacity Seek techn ical supp ort No The t ype of in verter is s ma ll 11. External Fai lure(E00D) 9. Inverse unit protection(E009、E019、 E029) Press STOP butto n to sto p in the Yes Reset run nin g non keyb oard opera tion mode or not No Check if t he output loop of the mot or Yes driver inverter has th e ea rthing Remo ve the periphe ral fa ult Inp ut peripher al fault sig nal via Yes Check a nd re move or short circu it mu ltif unctional terminal DI or no t pe riph era l f ault No No Whether the link betw ee n the motor Yes Install th e reactor or Yes Use ST OP in stall Reset run nin g a nd the motor driver inverter is too long output w ave-filter No 12. Diode Module Over Heat(E00E) Check if the wind channel is Yes Whether the module is o verhea ted blocked or the fan is working normally and remove the problem Yes Reduce t he environ ment al No If the en vironment al t emperatu re is too high temp era tu re Check if th e internal links of Yes No the moto r driver inverter are lo ose Plug all the links Yes I f the wind channel is blocked Clear the wind ch annel No Whether it is normal a fter the Yes No main co ntrol bo ard f ault renewa l of the main con trol b oard Yes If the fa n is da mage d Change the fan No No Wheth er th e drive bo ard is normal Yes drive board fau lt Yes Change th e heatvariable after renew al If the modular heat-variable resistor is damaged resistor No No Wh ether the inve rse mo dule Yes Yes Inv erse module da ma ge If the inverse mo du le is da mage d Chan ge the inve rse modul e is n orm al afte r rene wal Seek technical sup port Se ek for the techn ical su pport -75- -7 6-
  • 42.
    DZB Series Chapter 7 Fault Dia gnosis and Countermeasure s DZB Series Chapter 7 Fault Diagnosis and Counte rmeasures 13. EEPROM read-write failure(E00F) 16. Current Inspection Circuit Failure(E015) No No Whether it is normal af ter t he main co nt rol bo ard f ault Che ck if Hall de vice is normal Change Hall device renewal of th e main cont rol board Yes No Check if t he d rive boa rd is no rmal C hange drive board Seek t ec hnical support 14. Input phase failure(E012) Seek t echnical support Check and remove the problems in 17. Motor self-learning failure(E016) No the peripheral lines,To make the Check if the three-phase input power is normal three-phase power entering the frequency inverter normal Yes The moto r paramete rs a re configure d No Correctly config ure the No as per the dat a on the na meplate or not moto r paramete rs C he ck if the drive board is normal Chang e drive board Yes Yes No Th e paramete rs identificat io n proc ess Ye s Che ck the lead wire fro m Check if The main contro l board is normal C hange main control b oard is overt ime or not frequ en cy inverter t o moto r Seek t ec hnical support 18. Communication Fail ure(E018) No Check mast er sta tio n 15. Output phase failure(E013) Master station works o r not connection Yes Check if t he lead wire from fre quen cy No RS485 co mmunica tion conn ec tion No Ch ec k co mmunication Remove peripheral fault in verter to th e moto r is normal is normal o r not connection Yes Yes No Corre ctly set up Check if the thre-e p hase outp ut of Yes Check if t he motor thre e - Baud rate setup is corre ct or no t freque ncy invert er is balanced when baud rate phase winding is normal, running without m ot or If no, re move t he f ault. Yes No Commu nicat ion para me te rs F6.0 2 No Change communication No and F6.03 are correct ly set up or not parameters Check if drive bo ard is normal Change drive b oard Yes Yes No Seek techn ical s upport Che ck if the mod ul e is n orm al Change mo dule Seek technical support - 77- -7 8 -
  • 43.
    DZB Series Chapter 8 Quality Guarantee DZB Series Appendix A Stan dard Specifications Chapter 8 Quality Guarantee Appendix A: Standard Specifications Quality gua rantees of our produc ts is transacted as the following rules and re gulations: 1.1 Tec hnical Spe cification 8.1 Responsibility of manufacturer: Series DZB200 A: Interior Item Specification ★ One month goods exchanging ,maintenance, and return after delivery Rated Voltage 1AC220V ±15%, 3AC220V±15%,3AC380V±15% ★ Three months goods e xchanging ,maintenance after delivery ★ Twelve months goods maintenance after delivery Frequency Range 47~63Hz B:Abroad Output Voltage Proportional to Input Voltage ★ Three months goods maintenan ce after de livery Output Frequency 0~600Hz 8.2 Whenever and wherever use our product, users have the rights to take our ser vice Control mode V/F control with payment. 2 modes: Line, square v/f curve V/F curve All distributors, manufacturers and agents in the whole country c an provide the service . Command channel operation panel, control terminal, serial port Our company has the right to entrust maintenance to others. digital frequency reference, analog voltage reference, analog current reference, Frequency source pulse reference, commun ication ports reference. 8.3 Responsibility immunity: Thesefrequency sources can be selected through different methods. ★ Abuse producing or inducing failure is out of our responsibility B: 150% rated current 60 seconds;180% rated current 10 seconds; Overload Capacity ★ The damage or referred,secondary damage caused by the fa ult of the equipmen t will not be P:120% rated current 60 seconds;150% rated current 10 seconds compensated. Start torque 1.5Hz/150%(V/F) Speed control range 1:100(V/F) 8.4 The equipment is guaranteed for twelve months from the date of exporting. Speed accuracy ±0.5% 8.5 However the remedy of faults caused by the following re asons will be at user's cost, Carrier frequency 1.0~15.0KHz frequency resolution Digital setting: 0.01Hz Analog setting: Maximum frequency×0.1% e ven though it happe ns during the guarantee period. Torque boost 0~10.0% ★ Improper operation,unauthorized re pair or modification; ★ Operation be yond the standard specifications; Accel/decel Mode Two accel/decel curve,ran ge:0.1-360sec DC brake Start DC break,Stop DC b reak ★ Falling down , barbarous tra nsport; Jog frequency range: 0.00Hz~Maximum output frequency; Jog control ★ Device ageing and failure caused by unsuitable environment; Jog Acc/Dec time:0.0~360.0s Multi-Speed ★ Damage cause d by earthquake, fire, windstorm, flood, lightning ,abnormal voltage and o ther Function Internal PLC operation;8-speed Control natural disaster, or effec t he reof. Internal PID Realize product-line automatic control system Automatic Voltage Keep static output voltage automatically when Adjustment Function mains voltage fluctuating. Shared DC bus Several motors can share one DC bus. Eight digi tal in pu t terminals and one of t hem can input hig h sp ee d pulse. Input terminal Two a nalog input terminals, one can be input te d vo lta ge and the othe r can be inputt ed v olta ge or curr ent. One digital output terminal(Two for 7.5kw below) Output terminal Two relay output terminal(One for 7.5kw below) One analog output termin al - 79- -8 0 -
  • 44.
    DZB Series Appen dix A St andard Sp ecifications DZB Series App endix B Dimensions Appendix B Dimensions Series DZB200 Item Specification pre-set frequency;operate frequency;output current;motor speed;input voltage; LCD Display output voltage;input/output terminals'status;fault informa tion,etc Dimensions and Applicable Moter LED Status indication Operation/Stop,FWD/REV,Function indication,etc Applicable Dimensio ns(mm) Exteral meter display Output frequency,Output current(0~ 10VDC) Model AC Drive Model Moter(KW) A B H W D d input/output phase failure prote ction, Over current D ZB200M0005L2 0.55 Protection function protect ion;Over voltage protection;Under voltage protect ion; Over heat protection ; overload protection,etc FL 08 85 131 142 75 113 5 D ZB200M0007L2 0.75 Indoor in which there is no direc t sunlight, dust, D ZB200M0015L2 1.5 Applicable Situation erosive gas,combustible gas, oil smoke, water vapor, dripping, salt, etc. D ZB200M0022L2 2.2 Altitude Lower than 1,000 meters FL 22 D ZB200M0007L4 0.75 100 141 151 89 117 5 Ambient temperature -10 ℃~+40℃ D ZB200M0015L4 1.5 Humidity 20%~90%RH, without condensation D ZB200M0022L4 2.2 D ZB200J0005L2 0.55 1.2 AC220VSeries Rating: FL 26 D ZB200J0007L2 0.75 104 138 149 94 1 30 5 D ZB200J0015L2 1.5 aperture d CAUT ION : Hig h vot age i nside . Don 't in spe ct comp one nt s unl es s i nsi de "L ED" lamp is tur ne d o f. - 81- -8 2 -
  • 45.
    DZB Series Appendix B Di mensions DZB Series Appendix C Access ories List Appendix C Accessories List Product each parts of names 1 . A l l B r a ki n g R e s i s t o r s & B ra k i n g U n i t s U s e i n A C dr i v e s Appli cable Moter Braking Unit Braking Resistors Model No.of Units Used Braking Model Torque Voltage Resisitors Values Resistors 1 KW(HP) Number Number 10%ED 70BR Recommended Model 5 0.5(0.7) Built in 80W 200Ω 80W 120Ω 1 220V 0.75(1.0) Built in 80W 200Ω 80W 120Ω 1 (1PH) 1.5(2.0) Built in 150W 100Ω 150W 100Ω 1 2.2(3.0) Built in 200W 80Ω 200W 68Ω 1 100% 0.75(1.0) Built in 80W 400Ω 80W 400Ω 1 380V 1.5(2.0) Built in 12 0W 330Ω 180W 300Ω 1 (3PH) 2.2(3.0) Built in 160W 250Ω 250W 250Ω 1 2 Not e : 4 1. P le a s e o nly use t h e r esi st or s an d r e co mme n de d val v es. 2. Ta ke i n to c on si de r atio n th e s a fe t y of th e en v i rom e n t whe n i n s ta l l in g the bra k in g re si s to rs . 3. If th e mi nimum r e si si t a nc e va lue i s to b e u ti l iz e d, c on s u lt l oc al d ea l ers f o r t he cal c ul at io n of th e Wat t f ig ur es. 3 6 2 . S t a n d a r d Ex t e n s i o n C a b le 7 11 1 :Aperture bolt bore FL W X 01 0 0 IN PU T M od el L e ng th 2 :Inverter nameplate R S T 0 10 0 1 .0 M 0 15 0 1 .5 M 3 :Lower cover of inverter output 0 20 0 2 .0 M 4 :Digital operate keys 0 25 0 2 .5 M 0 30 0 3 .0 M 5 :Up cover of power input n et wor k cab le 6 :Spread heat export c om pa n y n a m e 7 :Power input terminals 8 :Control circuit terminals of 8 main control board 9 :Braking resistor wiring terminal 10 :Inverter output terminals U V W BR+ BR - 11:Grounding terminal MOTO R R 10 9 - 83- -8 4 -
  • 46.
    A card ofuser's protect to fix card Model: Invoice number: Number: Buy date of machine : Manufacturer: Tel: User: Tel: Address: Post code: Maintain Date: Detailed record: Note:User writes the card and mails it to the manufacturer during ten days.
  • 47.
    B card foruser's file Model: Invoice number: Number: Buy data of machine: Honorific cu stome r: Welcome to use FuLing Inverte r! 1、You hav e the" three guarantees" from the time that you buy the machine.Because of the quality of th e prod ucts,you have the ser- vices as follows: 1)Return the machine in one month. 2)Replacement the m achine in three months. 3)Cost-free sevice in twelve months. Outside of 12 months,our company will take no rmal m aterial expenses. 2、 When y ou buy the m anchi ne,please file the B card and ma ils the A cardback du ring ten day s,or our com pany only se rvice for costing 3、Please note th e product's number and invoice num ber when maintain the machine. 4、Because of th e natural and artific ial factor or discorrect dism- antleto fix or wrong use to be broken down ,our co mpany only ser- vice for cos ting.